blob: a9dc69bae0592c99544c575c01dd251b9deff0a1 [file] [log] [blame]
wdenkc6097192002-11-03 00:24:07 +00001#
Wolfgang Denkb75190d2012-01-19 10:58:21 +01002# (C) Copyright 2000 - 2012
wdenkc6097192002-11-03 00:24:07 +00003# Wolfgang Denk, DENX Software Engineering, wd@denx.de.
4#
5# See file CREDITS for list of people who contributed to this
6# project.
7#
8# This program is free software; you can redistribute it and/or
9# modify it under the terms of the GNU General Public License as
10# published by the Free Software Foundation; either version 2 of
11# the License, or (at your option) any later version.
12#
13# This program is distributed in the hope that it will be useful,
14# but WITHOUT ANY WARRANTY; without even the implied warranty of
15# MERCHANTABILITY or FITNESS FOR A PARTICULAR PURPOSE. See the
16# GNU General Public License for more details.
17#
18# You should have received a copy of the GNU General Public License
19# along with this program; if not, write to the Free Software
20# Foundation, Inc., 59 Temple Place, Suite 330, Boston,
21# MA 02111-1307 USA
22#
23
24Summary:
25========
26
wdenk24ee89b2002-11-03 17:56:27 +000027This directory contains the source code for U-Boot, a boot loader for
wdenke86e5a02004-10-17 21:12:06 +000028Embedded boards based on PowerPC, ARM, MIPS and several other
29processors, which can be installed in a boot ROM and used to
30initialize and test the hardware or to download and run application
31code.
wdenkc6097192002-11-03 00:24:07 +000032
33The development of U-Boot is closely related to Linux: some parts of
wdenk24ee89b2002-11-03 17:56:27 +000034the source code originate in the Linux source tree, we have some
35header files in common, and special provision has been made to
wdenkc6097192002-11-03 00:24:07 +000036support booting of Linux images.
37
38Some attention has been paid to make this software easily
39configurable and extendable. For instance, all monitor commands are
40implemented with the same call interface, so that it's very easy to
41add new commands. Also, instead of permanently adding rarely used
42code (for instance hardware test utilities) to the monitor, you can
43load and run it dynamically.
44
45
46Status:
47=======
48
49In general, all boards for which a configuration option exists in the
wdenk24ee89b2002-11-03 17:56:27 +000050Makefile have been tested to some extent and can be considered
wdenkc6097192002-11-03 00:24:07 +000051"working". In fact, many of them are used in production systems.
52
wdenk24ee89b2002-11-03 17:56:27 +000053In case of problems see the CHANGELOG and CREDITS files to find out
Wolfgang Denk218ca722008-03-26 10:40:12 +010054who contributed the specific port. The MAINTAINERS file lists board
55maintainers.
wdenkc6097192002-11-03 00:24:07 +000056
wdenkc6097192002-11-03 00:24:07 +000057
58Where to get help:
59==================
60
wdenk24ee89b2002-11-03 17:56:27 +000061In case you have questions about, problems with or contributions for
62U-Boot you should send a message to the U-Boot mailing list at
Peter Tyser0c325652008-09-10 09:18:34 -050063<u-boot@lists.denx.de>. There is also an archive of previous traffic
64on the mailing list - please search the archive before asking FAQ's.
65Please see http://lists.denx.de/pipermail/u-boot and
66http://dir.gmane.org/gmane.comp.boot-loaders.u-boot
wdenkc6097192002-11-03 00:24:07 +000067
68
Wolfgang Denk218ca722008-03-26 10:40:12 +010069Where to get source code:
70=========================
71
72The U-Boot source code is maintained in the git repository at
73git://www.denx.de/git/u-boot.git ; you can browse it online at
74http://www.denx.de/cgi-bin/gitweb.cgi?p=u-boot.git;a=summary
75
76The "snapshot" links on this page allow you to download tarballs of
Marcel Ziswiler11ccc332008-07-09 08:17:15 +020077any version you might be interested in. Official releases are also
Wolfgang Denk218ca722008-03-26 10:40:12 +010078available for FTP download from the ftp://ftp.denx.de/pub/u-boot/
79directory.
80
Anatolij Gustschind4ee7112008-03-26 18:13:33 +010081Pre-built (and tested) images are available from
Wolfgang Denk218ca722008-03-26 10:40:12 +010082ftp://ftp.denx.de/pub/u-boot/images/
83
84
wdenkc6097192002-11-03 00:24:07 +000085Where we come from:
86===================
87
88- start from 8xxrom sources
wdenk24ee89b2002-11-03 17:56:27 +000089- create PPCBoot project (http://sourceforge.net/projects/ppcboot)
wdenkc6097192002-11-03 00:24:07 +000090- clean up code
91- make it easier to add custom boards
92- make it possible to add other [PowerPC] CPUs
93- extend functions, especially:
94 * Provide extended interface to Linux boot loader
95 * S-Record download
96 * network boot
Marcel Ziswiler11ccc332008-07-09 08:17:15 +020097 * PCMCIA / CompactFlash / ATA disk / SCSI ... boot
wdenk24ee89b2002-11-03 17:56:27 +000098- create ARMBoot project (http://sourceforge.net/projects/armboot)
wdenkc6097192002-11-03 00:24:07 +000099- add other CPU families (starting with ARM)
wdenk24ee89b2002-11-03 17:56:27 +0000100- create U-Boot project (http://sourceforge.net/projects/u-boot)
Magnus Lilja0d28f342008-08-06 19:32:33 +0200101- current project page: see http://www.denx.de/wiki/U-Boot
wdenk24ee89b2002-11-03 17:56:27 +0000102
103
104Names and Spelling:
105===================
106
107The "official" name of this project is "Das U-Boot". The spelling
108"U-Boot" shall be used in all written text (documentation, comments
109in source files etc.). Example:
110
111 This is the README file for the U-Boot project.
112
113File names etc. shall be based on the string "u-boot". Examples:
114
115 include/asm-ppc/u-boot.h
116
117 #include <asm/u-boot.h>
118
119Variable names, preprocessor constants etc. shall be either based on
120the string "u_boot" or on "U_BOOT". Example:
121
122 U_BOOT_VERSION u_boot_logo
123 IH_OS_U_BOOT u_boot_hush_start
wdenkc6097192002-11-03 00:24:07 +0000124
125
wdenk93f19cc2002-12-17 17:55:09 +0000126Versioning:
127===========
128
Thomas Weber360d8832010-09-28 08:06:25 +0200129Starting with the release in October 2008, the names of the releases
130were changed from numerical release numbers without deeper meaning
131into a time stamp based numbering. Regular releases are identified by
132names consisting of the calendar year and month of the release date.
133Additional fields (if present) indicate release candidates or bug fix
134releases in "stable" maintenance trees.
wdenk93f19cc2002-12-17 17:55:09 +0000135
Thomas Weber360d8832010-09-28 08:06:25 +0200136Examples:
Wolfgang Denkc0f40852011-10-26 10:21:21 +0000137 U-Boot v2009.11 - Release November 2009
Thomas Weber360d8832010-09-28 08:06:25 +0200138 U-Boot v2009.11.1 - Release 1 in version November 2009 stable tree
139 U-Boot v2010.09-rc1 - Release candiate 1 for September 2010 release
wdenk93f19cc2002-12-17 17:55:09 +0000140
141
wdenkc6097192002-11-03 00:24:07 +0000142Directory Hierarchy:
143====================
144
Peter Tyser8d321b82010-04-12 22:28:21 -0500145/arch Architecture specific files
146 /arm Files generic to ARM architecture
147 /cpu CPU specific files
148 /arm720t Files specific to ARM 720 CPUs
149 /arm920t Files specific to ARM 920 CPUs
Andreas Bießmann6eb09212011-07-18 09:41:08 +0000150 /at91 Files specific to Atmel AT91RM9200 CPU
Wolfgang Denka9046b92010-06-13 17:48:15 +0200151 /imx Files specific to Freescale MC9328 i.MX CPUs
152 /s3c24x0 Files specific to Samsung S3C24X0 CPUs
Peter Tyser8d321b82010-04-12 22:28:21 -0500153 /arm925t Files specific to ARM 925 CPUs
154 /arm926ejs Files specific to ARM 926 CPUs
155 /arm1136 Files specific to ARM 1136 CPUs
156 /ixp Files specific to Intel XScale IXP CPUs
157 /pxa Files specific to Intel XScale PXA CPUs
158 /s3c44b0 Files specific to Samsung S3C44B0 CPUs
159 /sa1100 Files specific to Intel StrongARM SA1100 CPUs
160 /lib Architecture specific library files
161 /avr32 Files generic to AVR32 architecture
162 /cpu CPU specific files
163 /lib Architecture specific library files
164 /blackfin Files generic to Analog Devices Blackfin architecture
165 /cpu CPU specific files
166 /lib Architecture specific library files
Graeme Russfea25722011-04-13 19:43:28 +1000167 /x86 Files generic to x86 architecture
Peter Tyser8d321b82010-04-12 22:28:21 -0500168 /cpu CPU specific files
169 /lib Architecture specific library files
170 /m68k Files generic to m68k architecture
171 /cpu CPU specific files
172 /mcf52x2 Files specific to Freescale ColdFire MCF52x2 CPUs
173 /mcf5227x Files specific to Freescale ColdFire MCF5227x CPUs
174 /mcf532x Files specific to Freescale ColdFire MCF5329 CPUs
175 /mcf5445x Files specific to Freescale ColdFire MCF5445x CPUs
176 /mcf547x_8x Files specific to Freescale ColdFire MCF547x_8x CPUs
177 /lib Architecture specific library files
178 /microblaze Files generic to microblaze architecture
179 /cpu CPU specific files
180 /lib Architecture specific library files
181 /mips Files generic to MIPS architecture
182 /cpu CPU specific files
Daniel Schwierzeck92bbd642011-07-27 13:22:39 +0200183 /mips32 Files specific to MIPS32 CPUs
Xiangfu Liu80421fc2011-10-12 12:24:06 +0800184 /xburst Files specific to Ingenic XBurst CPUs
Peter Tyser8d321b82010-04-12 22:28:21 -0500185 /lib Architecture specific library files
Macpaul Linafc1ce82011-10-19 20:41:11 +0000186 /nds32 Files generic to NDS32 architecture
187 /cpu CPU specific files
188 /n1213 Files specific to Andes Technology N1213 CPUs
189 /lib Architecture specific library files
Peter Tyser8d321b82010-04-12 22:28:21 -0500190 /nios2 Files generic to Altera NIOS2 architecture
191 /cpu CPU specific files
192 /lib Architecture specific library files
Stefan Roesea47a12b2010-04-15 16:07:28 +0200193 /powerpc Files generic to PowerPC architecture
Peter Tyser8d321b82010-04-12 22:28:21 -0500194 /cpu CPU specific files
195 /74xx_7xx Files specific to Freescale MPC74xx and 7xx CPUs
196 /mpc5xx Files specific to Freescale MPC5xx CPUs
197 /mpc5xxx Files specific to Freescale MPC5xxx CPUs
198 /mpc8xx Files specific to Freescale MPC8xx CPUs
199 /mpc8220 Files specific to Freescale MPC8220 CPUs
200 /mpc824x Files specific to Freescale MPC824x CPUs
201 /mpc8260 Files specific to Freescale MPC8260 CPUs
202 /mpc85xx Files specific to Freescale MPC85xx CPUs
203 /ppc4xx Files specific to AMCC PowerPC 4xx CPUs
204 /lib Architecture specific library files
205 /sh Files generic to SH architecture
206 /cpu CPU specific files
207 /sh2 Files specific to sh2 CPUs
208 /sh3 Files specific to sh3 CPUs
209 /sh4 Files specific to sh4 CPUs
210 /lib Architecture specific library files
211 /sparc Files generic to SPARC architecture
212 /cpu CPU specific files
213 /leon2 Files specific to Gaisler LEON2 SPARC CPU
214 /leon3 Files specific to Gaisler LEON3 SPARC CPU
215 /lib Architecture specific library files
216/api Machine/arch independent API for external apps
217/board Board dependent files
218/common Misc architecture independent functions
219/disk Code for disk drive partition handling
220/doc Documentation (don't expect too much)
221/drivers Commonly used device drivers
222/examples Example code for standalone applications, etc.
223/fs Filesystem code (cramfs, ext2, jffs2, etc.)
224/include Header Files
225/lib Files generic to all architectures
226 /libfdt Library files to support flattened device trees
227 /lzma Library files to support LZMA decompression
228 /lzo Library files to support LZO decompression
229/net Networking code
230/post Power On Self Test
231/rtc Real Time Clock drivers
232/tools Tools to build S-Record or U-Boot images, etc.
wdenkc6097192002-11-03 00:24:07 +0000233
wdenkc6097192002-11-03 00:24:07 +0000234Software Configuration:
235=======================
236
237Configuration is usually done using C preprocessor defines; the
238rationale behind that is to avoid dead code whenever possible.
239
240There are two classes of configuration variables:
241
242* Configuration _OPTIONS_:
243 These are selectable by the user and have names beginning with
244 "CONFIG_".
245
246* Configuration _SETTINGS_:
247 These depend on the hardware etc. and should not be meddled with if
248 you don't know what you're doing; they have names beginning with
Jean-Christophe PLAGNIOL-VILLARD6d0f6bc2008-10-16 15:01:15 +0200249 "CONFIG_SYS_".
wdenkc6097192002-11-03 00:24:07 +0000250
251Later we will add a configuration tool - probably similar to or even
252identical to what's used for the Linux kernel. Right now, we have to
253do the configuration by hand, which means creating some symbolic
254links and editing some configuration files. We use the TQM8xxL boards
255as an example here.
256
257
258Selection of Processor Architecture and Board Type:
259---------------------------------------------------
260
261For all supported boards there are ready-to-use default
262configurations available; just type "make <board_name>_config".
263
264Example: For a TQM823L module type:
265
266 cd u-boot
267 make TQM823L_config
268
Marcel Ziswiler11ccc332008-07-09 08:17:15 +0200269For the Cogent platform, you need to specify the CPU type as well;
wdenkc6097192002-11-03 00:24:07 +0000270e.g. "make cogent_mpc8xx_config". And also configure the cogent
271directory according to the instructions in cogent/README.
272
273
274Configuration Options:
275----------------------
276
277Configuration depends on the combination of board and CPU type; all
278such information is kept in a configuration file
279"include/configs/<board_name>.h".
280
281Example: For a TQM823L module, all configuration settings are in
282"include/configs/TQM823L.h".
283
284
wdenk7f6c2cb2002-11-10 22:06:23 +0000285Many of the options are named exactly as the corresponding Linux
286kernel configuration options. The intention is to make it easier to
287build a config tool - later.
288
289
wdenkc6097192002-11-03 00:24:07 +0000290The following options need to be configured:
291
Kim Phillips26281142007-08-10 13:28:25 -0500292- CPU Type: Define exactly one, e.g. CONFIG_MPC85XX.
wdenkc6097192002-11-03 00:24:07 +0000293
Kim Phillips26281142007-08-10 13:28:25 -0500294- Board Type: Define exactly one, e.g. CONFIG_MPC8540ADS.
Wolfgang Denk6ccec442006-10-24 14:42:37 +0200295
296- CPU Daughterboard Type: (if CONFIG_ATSTK1000 is defined)
Haavard Skinnemoen09ea0de2007-11-01 12:44:20 +0100297 Define exactly one, e.g. CONFIG_ATSTK1002
wdenkc6097192002-11-03 00:24:07 +0000298
299- CPU Module Type: (if CONFIG_COGENT is defined)
300 Define exactly one of
301 CONFIG_CMA286_60_OLD
302--- FIXME --- not tested yet:
303 CONFIG_CMA286_60, CONFIG_CMA286_21, CONFIG_CMA286_60P,
304 CONFIG_CMA287_23, CONFIG_CMA287_50
305
306- Motherboard Type: (if CONFIG_COGENT is defined)
307 Define exactly one of
308 CONFIG_CMA101, CONFIG_CMA102
309
310- Motherboard I/O Modules: (if CONFIG_COGENT is defined)
311 Define one or more of
312 CONFIG_CMA302
313
314- Motherboard Options: (if CONFIG_CMA101 or CONFIG_CMA102 are defined)
315 Define one or more of
316 CONFIG_LCD_HEARTBEAT - update a character position on
Marcel Ziswiler11ccc332008-07-09 08:17:15 +0200317 the LCD display every second with
wdenkc6097192002-11-03 00:24:07 +0000318 a "rotator" |\-/|\-/
319
wdenk2535d602003-07-17 23:16:40 +0000320- Board flavour: (if CONFIG_MPC8260ADS is defined)
321 CONFIG_ADSTYPE
322 Possible values are:
Jean-Christophe PLAGNIOL-VILLARD6d0f6bc2008-10-16 15:01:15 +0200323 CONFIG_SYS_8260ADS - original MPC8260ADS
324 CONFIG_SYS_8266ADS - MPC8266ADS
325 CONFIG_SYS_PQ2FADS - PQ2FADS-ZU or PQ2FADS-VR
326 CONFIG_SYS_8272ADS - MPC8272ADS
wdenk2535d602003-07-17 23:16:40 +0000327
Lei Wencf946c62011-02-09 18:06:58 +0530328- Marvell Family Member
329 CONFIG_SYS_MVFS - define it if you want to enable
330 multiple fs option at one time
331 for marvell soc family
332
wdenkc6097192002-11-03 00:24:07 +0000333- MPC824X Family Member (if CONFIG_MPC824X is defined)
wdenk5da627a2003-10-09 20:09:04 +0000334 Define exactly one of
335 CONFIG_MPC8240, CONFIG_MPC8245
wdenkc6097192002-11-03 00:24:07 +0000336
Marcel Ziswiler11ccc332008-07-09 08:17:15 +0200337- 8xx CPU Options: (if using an MPC8xx CPU)
wdenk66ca92a2004-09-28 17:59:53 +0000338 CONFIG_8xx_GCLK_FREQ - deprecated: CPU clock if
339 get_gclk_freq() cannot work
wdenk5da627a2003-10-09 20:09:04 +0000340 e.g. if there is no 32KHz
341 reference PIT/RTC clock
wdenk66ca92a2004-09-28 17:59:53 +0000342 CONFIG_8xx_OSCLK - PLL input clock (either EXTCLK
343 or XTAL/EXTAL)
wdenkc6097192002-11-03 00:24:07 +0000344
wdenk66ca92a2004-09-28 17:59:53 +0000345- 859/866/885 CPU options: (if using a MPC859 or MPC866 or MPC885 CPU):
Jean-Christophe PLAGNIOL-VILLARD6d0f6bc2008-10-16 15:01:15 +0200346 CONFIG_SYS_8xx_CPUCLK_MIN
347 CONFIG_SYS_8xx_CPUCLK_MAX
wdenk66ca92a2004-09-28 17:59:53 +0000348 CONFIG_8xx_CPUCLK_DEFAULT
wdenk75d1ea72004-01-31 20:06:54 +0000349 See doc/README.MPC866
350
Jean-Christophe PLAGNIOL-VILLARD6d0f6bc2008-10-16 15:01:15 +0200351 CONFIG_SYS_MEASURE_CPUCLK
wdenk75d1ea72004-01-31 20:06:54 +0000352
wdenkba56f622004-02-06 23:19:44 +0000353 Define this to measure the actual CPU clock instead
354 of relying on the correctness of the configured
355 values. Mostly useful for board bringup to make sure
356 the PLL is locked at the intended frequency. Note
357 that this requires a (stable) reference clock (32 kHz
Jean-Christophe PLAGNIOL-VILLARD6d0f6bc2008-10-16 15:01:15 +0200358 RTC clock or CONFIG_SYS_8XX_XIN)
wdenk75d1ea72004-01-31 20:06:54 +0000359
Heiko Schocher506f3912009-03-12 07:37:15 +0100360 CONFIG_SYS_DELAYED_ICACHE
361
362 Define this option if you want to enable the
363 ICache only when Code runs from RAM.
364
Kumar Gala66412c62011-02-18 05:40:54 -0600365- 85xx CPU Options:
366 CONFIG_SYS_FSL_TBCLK_DIV
367
368 Defines the core time base clock divider ratio compared to the
369 system clock. On most PQ3 devices this is 8, on newer QorIQ
370 devices it can be 16 or 32. The ratio varies from SoC to Soc.
371
Kumar Gala8f290842011-05-20 00:39:21 -0500372 CONFIG_SYS_FSL_PCIE_COMPAT
373
374 Defines the string to utilize when trying to match PCIe device
375 tree nodes for the given platform.
376
Markus Klotzbuecher0b953ff2006-03-24 15:28:02 +0100377- Intel Monahans options:
Jean-Christophe PLAGNIOL-VILLARD6d0f6bc2008-10-16 15:01:15 +0200378 CONFIG_SYS_MONAHANS_RUN_MODE_OSC_RATIO
Markus Klotzbuecher0b953ff2006-03-24 15:28:02 +0100379
380 Defines the Monahans run mode to oscillator
381 ratio. Valid values are 8, 16, 24, 31. The core
382 frequency is this value multiplied by 13 MHz.
383
Jean-Christophe PLAGNIOL-VILLARD6d0f6bc2008-10-16 15:01:15 +0200384 CONFIG_SYS_MONAHANS_TURBO_RUN_MODE_RATIO
Wolfgang Denkcf48eb92006-04-16 10:51:58 +0200385
Markus Klotzbuecher0b953ff2006-03-24 15:28:02 +0100386 Defines the Monahans turbo mode to oscillator
387 ratio. Valid values are 1 (default if undefined) and
Wolfgang Denkcf48eb92006-04-16 10:51:58 +0200388 2. The core frequency as calculated above is multiplied
Markus Klotzbuecher0b953ff2006-03-24 15:28:02 +0100389 by this value.
Wolfgang Denkcf48eb92006-04-16 10:51:58 +0200390
Daniel Schwierzeck92bbd642011-07-27 13:22:39 +0200391- MIPS CPU options:
392 CONFIG_SYS_INIT_SP_OFFSET
393
394 Offset relative to CONFIG_SYS_SDRAM_BASE for initial stack
395 pointer. This is needed for the temporary stack before
396 relocation.
397
398 CONFIG_SYS_MIPS_CACHE_MODE
399
400 Cache operation mode for the MIPS CPU.
401 See also arch/mips/include/asm/mipsregs.h.
402 Possible values are:
403 CONF_CM_CACHABLE_NO_WA
404 CONF_CM_CACHABLE_WA
405 CONF_CM_UNCACHED
406 CONF_CM_CACHABLE_NONCOHERENT
407 CONF_CM_CACHABLE_CE
408 CONF_CM_CACHABLE_COW
409 CONF_CM_CACHABLE_CUW
410 CONF_CM_CACHABLE_ACCELERATED
411
412 CONFIG_SYS_XWAY_EBU_BOOTCFG
413
414 Special option for Lantiq XWAY SoCs for booting from NOR flash.
415 See also arch/mips/cpu/mips32/start.S.
416
417 CONFIG_XWAY_SWAP_BYTES
418
419 Enable compilation of tools/xway-swap-bytes needed for Lantiq
420 XWAY SoCs for booting from NOR flash. The U-Boot image needs to
421 be swapped if a flash programmer is used.
422
Christian Rieschb67d8812012-02-02 00:44:39 +0000423- ARM options:
424 CONFIG_SYS_EXCEPTION_VECTORS_HIGH
425
426 Select high exception vectors of the ARM core, e.g., do not
427 clear the V bit of the c1 register of CP15.
428
wdenk5da627a2003-10-09 20:09:04 +0000429- Linux Kernel Interface:
wdenkc6097192002-11-03 00:24:07 +0000430 CONFIG_CLOCKS_IN_MHZ
431
432 U-Boot stores all clock information in Hz
433 internally. For binary compatibility with older Linux
434 kernels (which expect the clocks passed in the
435 bd_info data to be in MHz) the environment variable
436 "clocks_in_mhz" can be defined so that U-Boot
437 converts clock data to MHZ before passing it to the
438 Linux kernel.
wdenkc6097192002-11-03 00:24:07 +0000439 When CONFIG_CLOCKS_IN_MHZ is defined, a definition of
Wolfgang Denk218ca722008-03-26 10:40:12 +0100440 "clocks_in_mhz=1" is automatically included in the
wdenkc6097192002-11-03 00:24:07 +0000441 default environment.
442
wdenk5da627a2003-10-09 20:09:04 +0000443 CONFIG_MEMSIZE_IN_BYTES [relevant for MIPS only]
444
Marcel Ziswiler11ccc332008-07-09 08:17:15 +0200445 When transferring memsize parameter to linux, some versions
wdenk5da627a2003-10-09 20:09:04 +0000446 expect it to be in bytes, others in MB.
447 Define CONFIG_MEMSIZE_IN_BYTES to make it in bytes.
448
Gerald Van Barenfec6d9e2008-06-03 20:34:45 -0400449 CONFIG_OF_LIBFDT
Wolfgang Denkf57f70a2005-10-13 01:45:54 +0200450
451 New kernel versions are expecting firmware settings to be
Gerald Van Baren213bf8c2007-03-31 12:23:51 -0400452 passed using flattened device trees (based on open firmware
453 concepts).
454
455 CONFIG_OF_LIBFDT
456 * New libfdt-based support
457 * Adds the "fdt" command
Kim Phillips3bb342f2007-08-10 14:34:14 -0500458 * The bootm command automatically updates the fdt
Gerald Van Baren213bf8c2007-03-31 12:23:51 -0400459
Marcel Ziswilerb55ae402009-09-09 21:18:41 +0200460 OF_CPU - The proper name of the cpus node (only required for
461 MPC512X and MPC5xxx based boards).
462 OF_SOC - The proper name of the soc node (only required for
463 MPC512X and MPC5xxx based boards).
Wolfgang Denkf57f70a2005-10-13 01:45:54 +0200464 OF_TBCLK - The timebase frequency.
Kumar Galac2871f02006-01-11 13:59:02 -0600465 OF_STDOUT_PATH - The path to the console device
Wolfgang Denkf57f70a2005-10-13 01:45:54 +0200466
Marcel Ziswiler11ccc332008-07-09 08:17:15 +0200467 boards with QUICC Engines require OF_QE to set UCC MAC
468 addresses
Kim Phillips3bb342f2007-08-10 14:34:14 -0500469
Kumar Gala4e253132006-01-11 13:54:17 -0600470 CONFIG_OF_BOARD_SETUP
471
472 Board code has addition modification that it wants to make
473 to the flat device tree before handing it off to the kernel
wdenk6705d812004-08-02 23:22:59 +0000474
Matthew McClintock02677682006-06-28 10:41:37 -0500475 CONFIG_OF_BOOT_CPU
476
Marcel Ziswiler11ccc332008-07-09 08:17:15 +0200477 This define fills in the correct boot CPU in the boot
Matthew McClintock02677682006-06-28 10:41:37 -0500478 param header, the default value is zero if undefined.
479
Heiko Schocher3887c3f2009-09-23 07:56:08 +0200480 CONFIG_OF_IDE_FIXUP
481
482 U-Boot can detect if an IDE device is present or not.
483 If not, and this new config option is activated, U-Boot
484 removes the ATA node from the DTS before booting Linux,
485 so the Linux IDE driver does not probe the device and
486 crash. This is needed for buggy hardware (uc101) where
487 no pull down resistor is connected to the signal IDE5V_DD7.
488
Igor Grinberg7eb29392011-07-14 05:45:07 +0000489 CONFIG_MACH_TYPE [relevant for ARM only][mandatory]
490
491 This setting is mandatory for all boards that have only one
492 machine type and must be used to specify the machine type
493 number as it appears in the ARM machine registry
494 (see http://www.arm.linux.org.uk/developer/machines/).
495 Only boards that have multiple machine types supported
496 in a single configuration file and the machine type is
497 runtime discoverable, do not have to use this setting.
498
Niklaus Giger0b2f4ec2008-11-03 22:13:47 +0100499- vxWorks boot parameters:
500
501 bootvx constructs a valid bootline using the following
502 environments variables: bootfile, ipaddr, serverip, hostname.
503 It loads the vxWorks image pointed bootfile.
504
505 CONFIG_SYS_VXWORKS_BOOT_DEVICE - The vxworks device name
506 CONFIG_SYS_VXWORKS_MAC_PTR - Ethernet 6 byte MA -address
507 CONFIG_SYS_VXWORKS_SERVERNAME - Name of the server
508 CONFIG_SYS_VXWORKS_BOOT_ADDR - Address of boot parameters
509
510 CONFIG_SYS_VXWORKS_ADD_PARAMS
511
512 Add it at the end of the bootline. E.g "u=username pw=secret"
513
514 Note: If a "bootargs" environment is defined, it will overwride
515 the defaults discussed just above.
516
Aneesh V2c451f72011-06-16 23:30:47 +0000517- Cache Configuration:
518 CONFIG_SYS_ICACHE_OFF - Do not enable instruction cache in U-Boot
519 CONFIG_SYS_DCACHE_OFF - Do not enable data cache in U-Boot
520 CONFIG_SYS_L2CACHE_OFF- Do not enable L2 cache in U-Boot
521
Aneesh V93bc2192011-06-16 23:30:51 +0000522- Cache Configuration for ARM:
523 CONFIG_SYS_L2_PL310 - Enable support for ARM PL310 L2 cache
524 controller
525 CONFIG_SYS_PL310_BASE - Physical base address of PL310
526 controller register space
527
wdenk6705d812004-08-02 23:22:59 +0000528- Serial Ports:
Andreas Engel48d01922008-09-08 14:30:53 +0200529 CONFIG_PL010_SERIAL
wdenk6705d812004-08-02 23:22:59 +0000530
531 Define this if you want support for Amba PrimeCell PL010 UARTs.
532
Andreas Engel48d01922008-09-08 14:30:53 +0200533 CONFIG_PL011_SERIAL
wdenk6705d812004-08-02 23:22:59 +0000534
535 Define this if you want support for Amba PrimeCell PL011 UARTs.
536
537 CONFIG_PL011_CLOCK
538
539 If you have Amba PrimeCell PL011 UARTs, set this variable to
540 the clock speed of the UARTs.
541
542 CONFIG_PL01x_PORTS
543
544 If you have Amba PrimeCell PL010 or PL011 UARTs on your board,
545 define this to a list of base addresses for each (supported)
546 port. See e.g. include/configs/versatile.h
547
John Rigby910f1ae2011-04-19 10:42:39 +0000548 CONFIG_PL011_SERIAL_RLCR
549
550 Some vendor versions of PL011 serial ports (e.g. ST-Ericsson U8500)
551 have separate receive and transmit line control registers. Set
552 this variable to initialize the extra register.
553
554 CONFIG_PL011_SERIAL_FLUSH_ON_INIT
555
556 On some platforms (e.g. U8500) U-Boot is loaded by a second stage
557 boot loader that has already initialized the UART. Define this
558 variable to flush the UART at init time.
559
wdenk6705d812004-08-02 23:22:59 +0000560
wdenkc6097192002-11-03 00:24:07 +0000561- Console Interface:
wdenk43d96162003-03-06 00:02:04 +0000562 Depending on board, define exactly one serial port
563 (like CONFIG_8xx_CONS_SMC1, CONFIG_8xx_CONS_SMC2,
564 CONFIG_8xx_CONS_SCC1, ...), or switch off the serial
565 console by defining CONFIG_8xx_CONS_NONE
wdenkc6097192002-11-03 00:24:07 +0000566
567 Note: if CONFIG_8xx_CONS_NONE is defined, the serial
568 port routines must be defined elsewhere
569 (i.e. serial_init(), serial_getc(), ...)
570
571 CONFIG_CFB_CONSOLE
572 Enables console device for a color framebuffer. Needs following
Wolfgang Denkc53043b2011-12-07 12:19:20 +0000573 defines (cf. smiLynxEM, i8042)
wdenkc6097192002-11-03 00:24:07 +0000574 VIDEO_FB_LITTLE_ENDIAN graphic memory organisation
575 (default big endian)
576 VIDEO_HW_RECTFILL graphic chip supports
577 rectangle fill
578 (cf. smiLynxEM)
579 VIDEO_HW_BITBLT graphic chip supports
580 bit-blit (cf. smiLynxEM)
581 VIDEO_VISIBLE_COLS visible pixel columns
582 (cols=pitch)
wdenkba56f622004-02-06 23:19:44 +0000583 VIDEO_VISIBLE_ROWS visible pixel rows
584 VIDEO_PIXEL_SIZE bytes per pixel
wdenkc6097192002-11-03 00:24:07 +0000585 VIDEO_DATA_FORMAT graphic data format
586 (0-5, cf. cfb_console.c)
wdenkba56f622004-02-06 23:19:44 +0000587 VIDEO_FB_ADRS framebuffer address
wdenkc6097192002-11-03 00:24:07 +0000588 VIDEO_KBD_INIT_FCT keyboard int fct
589 (i.e. i8042_kbd_init())
590 VIDEO_TSTC_FCT test char fct
591 (i.e. i8042_tstc)
592 VIDEO_GETC_FCT get char fct
593 (i.e. i8042_getc)
594 CONFIG_CONSOLE_CURSOR cursor drawing on/off
595 (requires blink timer
596 cf. i8042.c)
Jean-Christophe PLAGNIOL-VILLARD6d0f6bc2008-10-16 15:01:15 +0200597 CONFIG_SYS_CONSOLE_BLINK_COUNT blink interval (cf. i8042.c)
wdenkc6097192002-11-03 00:24:07 +0000598 CONFIG_CONSOLE_TIME display time/date info in
599 upper right corner
Jon Loeliger602ad3b2007-06-11 19:03:39 -0500600 (requires CONFIG_CMD_DATE)
wdenkc6097192002-11-03 00:24:07 +0000601 CONFIG_VIDEO_LOGO display Linux logo in
602 upper left corner
wdenka6c7ad22002-12-03 21:28:10 +0000603 CONFIG_VIDEO_BMP_LOGO use bmp_logo.h instead of
604 linux_logo.h for logo.
605 Requires CONFIG_VIDEO_LOGO
wdenkc6097192002-11-03 00:24:07 +0000606 CONFIG_CONSOLE_EXTRA_INFO
Marcel Ziswiler11ccc332008-07-09 08:17:15 +0200607 additional board info beside
wdenkc6097192002-11-03 00:24:07 +0000608 the logo
609
wdenk43d96162003-03-06 00:02:04 +0000610 When CONFIG_CFB_CONSOLE is defined, video console is
611 default i/o. Serial console can be forced with
612 environment 'console=serial'.
wdenkc6097192002-11-03 00:24:07 +0000613
wdenkd4ca31c2004-01-02 14:00:00 +0000614 When CONFIG_SILENT_CONSOLE is defined, all console
615 messages (by U-Boot and Linux!) can be silenced with
616 the "silent" environment variable. See
617 doc/README.silent for more information.
wdenka3ad8e22003-10-19 23:22:11 +0000618
wdenkc6097192002-11-03 00:24:07 +0000619- Console Baudrate:
620 CONFIG_BAUDRATE - in bps
621 Select one of the baudrates listed in
Jean-Christophe PLAGNIOL-VILLARD6d0f6bc2008-10-16 15:01:15 +0200622 CONFIG_SYS_BAUDRATE_TABLE, see below.
623 CONFIG_SYS_BRGCLK_PRESCALE, baudrate prescale
wdenkc6097192002-11-03 00:24:07 +0000624
Heiko Schocherc92fac92009-01-30 12:55:38 +0100625- Console Rx buffer length
626 With CONFIG_SYS_SMC_RXBUFLEN it is possible to define
627 the maximum receive buffer length for the SMC.
Heiko Schocher2b3f12c2009-02-10 09:31:47 +0100628 This option is actual only for 82xx and 8xx possible.
Heiko Schocherc92fac92009-01-30 12:55:38 +0100629 If using CONFIG_SYS_SMC_RXBUFLEN also CONFIG_SYS_MAXIDLE
630 must be defined, to setup the maximum idle timeout for
631 the SMC.
632
Graeme Russ9558b482011-09-01 00:48:27 +0000633- Pre-Console Buffer:
Wolfgang Denk4cf26092011-10-07 09:58:21 +0200634 Prior to the console being initialised (i.e. serial UART
635 initialised etc) all console output is silently discarded.
636 Defining CONFIG_PRE_CONSOLE_BUFFER will cause U-Boot to
637 buffer any console messages prior to the console being
638 initialised to a buffer of size CONFIG_PRE_CON_BUF_SZ
639 bytes located at CONFIG_PRE_CON_BUF_ADDR. The buffer is
640 a circular buffer, so if more than CONFIG_PRE_CON_BUF_SZ
Wolfgang Denk6feff892011-10-09 21:06:34 +0200641 bytes are output before the console is initialised, the
Wolfgang Denk4cf26092011-10-07 09:58:21 +0200642 earlier bytes are discarded.
Graeme Russ9558b482011-09-01 00:48:27 +0000643
Wolfgang Denk4cf26092011-10-07 09:58:21 +0200644 'Sane' compilers will generate smaller code if
645 CONFIG_PRE_CON_BUF_SZ is a power of 2
Graeme Russ9558b482011-09-01 00:48:27 +0000646
Sonny Rao046a37b2011-11-02 09:52:08 +0000647- Safe printf() functions
648 Define CONFIG_SYS_VSNPRINTF to compile in safe versions of
649 the printf() functions. These are defined in
650 include/vsprintf.h and include snprintf(), vsnprintf() and
651 so on. Code size increase is approximately 300-500 bytes.
652 If this option is not given then these functions will
653 silently discard their buffer size argument - this means
654 you are not getting any overflow checking in this case.
655
wdenkc6097192002-11-03 00:24:07 +0000656- Boot Delay: CONFIG_BOOTDELAY - in seconds
657 Delay before automatically booting the default image;
658 set to -1 to disable autoboot.
659
660 See doc/README.autoboot for these options that
661 work with CONFIG_BOOTDELAY. None are required.
662 CONFIG_BOOT_RETRY_TIME
663 CONFIG_BOOT_RETRY_MIN
664 CONFIG_AUTOBOOT_KEYED
665 CONFIG_AUTOBOOT_PROMPT
666 CONFIG_AUTOBOOT_DELAY_STR
667 CONFIG_AUTOBOOT_STOP_STR
668 CONFIG_AUTOBOOT_DELAY_STR2
669 CONFIG_AUTOBOOT_STOP_STR2
670 CONFIG_ZERO_BOOTDELAY_CHECK
671 CONFIG_RESET_TO_RETRY
672
673- Autoboot Command:
674 CONFIG_BOOTCOMMAND
675 Only needed when CONFIG_BOOTDELAY is enabled;
676 define a command string that is automatically executed
677 when no character is read on the console interface
678 within "Boot Delay" after reset.
679
680 CONFIG_BOOTARGS
wdenk43d96162003-03-06 00:02:04 +0000681 This can be used to pass arguments to the bootm
682 command. The value of CONFIG_BOOTARGS goes into the
683 environment value "bootargs".
wdenkc6097192002-11-03 00:24:07 +0000684
685 CONFIG_RAMBOOT and CONFIG_NFSBOOT
wdenk43d96162003-03-06 00:02:04 +0000686 The value of these goes into the environment as
687 "ramboot" and "nfsboot" respectively, and can be used
688 as a convenience, when switching between booting from
Marcel Ziswiler11ccc332008-07-09 08:17:15 +0200689 RAM and NFS.
wdenkc6097192002-11-03 00:24:07 +0000690
691- Pre-Boot Commands:
692 CONFIG_PREBOOT
693
694 When this option is #defined, the existence of the
695 environment variable "preboot" will be checked
696 immediately before starting the CONFIG_BOOTDELAY
697 countdown and/or running the auto-boot command resp.
698 entering interactive mode.
699
700 This feature is especially useful when "preboot" is
701 automatically generated or modified. For an example
702 see the LWMON board specific code: here "preboot" is
703 modified when the user holds down a certain
704 combination of keys on the (special) keyboard when
705 booting the systems
706
707- Serial Download Echo Mode:
708 CONFIG_LOADS_ECHO
709 If defined to 1, all characters received during a
710 serial download (using the "loads" command) are
711 echoed back. This might be needed by some terminal
712 emulations (like "cu"), but may as well just take
713 time on others. This setting #define's the initial
714 value of the "loads_echo" environment variable.
715
Jon Loeliger602ad3b2007-06-11 19:03:39 -0500716- Kgdb Serial Baudrate: (if CONFIG_CMD_KGDB is defined)
wdenkc6097192002-11-03 00:24:07 +0000717 CONFIG_KGDB_BAUDRATE
718 Select one of the baudrates listed in
Jean-Christophe PLAGNIOL-VILLARD6d0f6bc2008-10-16 15:01:15 +0200719 CONFIG_SYS_BAUDRATE_TABLE, see below.
wdenkc6097192002-11-03 00:24:07 +0000720
721- Monitor Functions:
Jon Loeliger602ad3b2007-06-11 19:03:39 -0500722 Monitor commands can be included or excluded
723 from the build by using the #include files
724 "config_cmd_all.h" and #undef'ing unwanted
725 commands, or using "config_cmd_default.h"
726 and augmenting with additional #define's
727 for wanted commands.
wdenkc6097192002-11-03 00:24:07 +0000728
Jon Loeliger602ad3b2007-06-11 19:03:39 -0500729 The default command configuration includes all commands
730 except those marked below with a "*".
wdenkc6097192002-11-03 00:24:07 +0000731
Jon Loeliger602ad3b2007-06-11 19:03:39 -0500732 CONFIG_CMD_ASKENV * ask for env variable
Jon Loeliger602ad3b2007-06-11 19:03:39 -0500733 CONFIG_CMD_BDI bdinfo
734 CONFIG_CMD_BEDBUG * Include BedBug Debugger
735 CONFIG_CMD_BMP * BMP support
736 CONFIG_CMD_BSP * Board specific commands
737 CONFIG_CMD_BOOTD bootd
738 CONFIG_CMD_CACHE * icache, dcache
739 CONFIG_CMD_CONSOLE coninfo
Mike Frysinger710b9932010-12-21 14:19:51 -0500740 CONFIG_CMD_CRC32 * crc32
Jon Loeliger602ad3b2007-06-11 19:03:39 -0500741 CONFIG_CMD_DATE * support for RTC, date/time...
742 CONFIG_CMD_DHCP * DHCP support
743 CONFIG_CMD_DIAG * Diagnostics
Peter Tysera7c93102008-12-17 16:36:22 -0600744 CONFIG_CMD_DS4510 * ds4510 I2C gpio commands
745 CONFIG_CMD_DS4510_INFO * ds4510 I2C info command
746 CONFIG_CMD_DS4510_MEM * ds4510 I2C eeprom/sram commansd
747 CONFIG_CMD_DS4510_RST * ds4510 I2C rst command
Jon Loeliger602ad3b2007-06-11 19:03:39 -0500748 CONFIG_CMD_DTT * Digital Therm and Thermostat
749 CONFIG_CMD_ECHO echo arguments
Peter Tyser246c6922009-10-25 15:12:56 -0500750 CONFIG_CMD_EDITENV edit env variable
Jon Loeliger602ad3b2007-06-11 19:03:39 -0500751 CONFIG_CMD_EEPROM * EEPROM read/write support
752 CONFIG_CMD_ELF * bootelf, bootvx
Mike Frysinger0c79cda2010-12-26 23:09:45 -0500753 CONFIG_CMD_EXPORTENV * export the environment
Mike Frysingerbdab39d2009-01-28 19:08:14 -0500754 CONFIG_CMD_SAVEENV saveenv
Jon Loeliger602ad3b2007-06-11 19:03:39 -0500755 CONFIG_CMD_FDC * Floppy Disk Support
756 CONFIG_CMD_FAT * FAT partition support
757 CONFIG_CMD_FDOS * Dos diskette Support
758 CONFIG_CMD_FLASH flinfo, erase, protect
759 CONFIG_CMD_FPGA FPGA device initialization support
Mike Frysingera641b972010-12-26 23:32:22 -0500760 CONFIG_CMD_GO * the 'go' command (exec code)
Kim Phillipsa000b792011-04-05 07:15:14 +0000761 CONFIG_CMD_GREPENV * search environment
Jon Loeliger602ad3b2007-06-11 19:03:39 -0500762 CONFIG_CMD_HWFLOW * RTS/CTS hw flow control
763 CONFIG_CMD_I2C * I2C serial bus support
764 CONFIG_CMD_IDE * IDE harddisk support
765 CONFIG_CMD_IMI iminfo
766 CONFIG_CMD_IMLS List all found images
767 CONFIG_CMD_IMMAP * IMMR dump support
Mike Frysinger0c79cda2010-12-26 23:09:45 -0500768 CONFIG_CMD_IMPORTENV * import an environment
Jon Loeliger602ad3b2007-06-11 19:03:39 -0500769 CONFIG_CMD_IRQ * irqinfo
770 CONFIG_CMD_ITEST Integer/string test of 2 values
771 CONFIG_CMD_JFFS2 * JFFS2 Support
772 CONFIG_CMD_KGDB * kgdb
Mike Frysinger1ba7fd22010-12-26 12:34:49 -0500773 CONFIG_CMD_LDRINFO ldrinfo (display Blackfin loader)
Jon Loeliger602ad3b2007-06-11 19:03:39 -0500774 CONFIG_CMD_LOADB loadb
775 CONFIG_CMD_LOADS loads
Robin Getz02c9aa12009-07-27 00:07:59 -0400776 CONFIG_CMD_MD5SUM print md5 message digest
777 (requires CONFIG_CMD_MEMORY and CONFIG_MD5)
Jon Loeliger602ad3b2007-06-11 19:03:39 -0500778 CONFIG_CMD_MEMORY md, mm, nm, mw, cp, cmp, crc, base,
779 loop, loopw, mtest
780 CONFIG_CMD_MISC Misc functions like sleep etc
781 CONFIG_CMD_MMC * MMC memory mapped support
782 CONFIG_CMD_MII * MII utility commands
Stefan Roese68d7d652009-03-19 13:30:36 +0100783 CONFIG_CMD_MTDPARTS * MTD partition support
Jon Loeliger602ad3b2007-06-11 19:03:39 -0500784 CONFIG_CMD_NAND * NAND support
785 CONFIG_CMD_NET bootp, tftpboot, rarpboot
Peter Tysere92739d2008-12-17 16:36:21 -0600786 CONFIG_CMD_PCA953X * PCA953x I2C gpio commands
Wolfgang Denkc0f40852011-10-26 10:21:21 +0000787 CONFIG_CMD_PCA953X_INFO * PCA953x I2C gpio info command
Jon Loeliger602ad3b2007-06-11 19:03:39 -0500788 CONFIG_CMD_PCI * pciinfo
789 CONFIG_CMD_PCMCIA * PCMCIA support
790 CONFIG_CMD_PING * send ICMP ECHO_REQUEST to network
791 host
792 CONFIG_CMD_PORTIO * Port I/O
793 CONFIG_CMD_REGINFO * Register dump
794 CONFIG_CMD_RUN run command in env variable
795 CONFIG_CMD_SAVES * save S record dump
796 CONFIG_CMD_SCSI * SCSI Support
797 CONFIG_CMD_SDRAM * print SDRAM configuration information
798 (requires CONFIG_CMD_I2C)
799 CONFIG_CMD_SETGETDCR Support for DCR Register access
800 (4xx only)
Eric Nelsonf61ec452012-01-31 10:52:08 -0700801 CONFIG_CMD_SF * Read/write/erase SPI NOR flash
Alexander Hollerc6b1ee62011-01-18 09:48:08 +0100802 CONFIG_CMD_SHA1SUM print sha1 memory digest
Robin Getz02c9aa12009-07-27 00:07:59 -0400803 (requires CONFIG_CMD_MEMORY)
Wolfgang Denk74de7ae2009-04-01 23:34:12 +0200804 CONFIG_CMD_SOURCE "source" command Support
Jon Loeliger602ad3b2007-06-11 19:03:39 -0500805 CONFIG_CMD_SPI * SPI serial bus support
Luca Ceresoli7a83af02011-05-17 00:03:40 +0000806 CONFIG_CMD_TFTPSRV * TFTP transfer in server mode
Simon Glass1fb7cd42011-10-24 18:00:07 +0000807 CONFIG_CMD_TFTPPUT * TFTP put command (upload)
Che-liang Chiouca366d02011-10-06 23:40:48 +0000808 CONFIG_CMD_TIME * run command and report execution time
Jon Loeliger602ad3b2007-06-11 19:03:39 -0500809 CONFIG_CMD_USB * USB support
Jon Loeliger602ad3b2007-06-11 19:03:39 -0500810 CONFIG_CMD_CDP * Cisco Discover Protocol support
811 CONFIG_CMD_FSL * Microblaze FSL support
wdenkc6097192002-11-03 00:24:07 +0000812
wdenkc6097192002-11-03 00:24:07 +0000813
814 EXAMPLE: If you want all functions except of network
815 support you can write:
816
Jon Loeliger602ad3b2007-06-11 19:03:39 -0500817 #include "config_cmd_all.h"
818 #undef CONFIG_CMD_NET
wdenkc6097192002-11-03 00:24:07 +0000819
Gerald Van Baren213bf8c2007-03-31 12:23:51 -0400820 Other Commands:
821 fdt (flattened device tree) command: CONFIG_OF_LIBFDT
wdenkc6097192002-11-03 00:24:07 +0000822
823 Note: Don't enable the "icache" and "dcache" commands
Jon Loeliger602ad3b2007-06-11 19:03:39 -0500824 (configuration option CONFIG_CMD_CACHE) unless you know
wdenk43d96162003-03-06 00:02:04 +0000825 what you (and your U-Boot users) are doing. Data
826 cache cannot be enabled on systems like the 8xx or
827 8260 (where accesses to the IMMR region must be
828 uncached), and it cannot be disabled on all other
829 systems where we (mis-) use the data cache to hold an
830 initial stack and some data.
wdenkc6097192002-11-03 00:24:07 +0000831
832
833 XXX - this list needs to get updated!
834
Simon Glass45ba8072011-10-15 05:48:20 +0000835- Device tree:
836 CONFIG_OF_CONTROL
837 If this variable is defined, U-Boot will use a device tree
838 to configure its devices, instead of relying on statically
839 compiled #defines in the board file. This option is
840 experimental and only available on a few boards. The device
841 tree is available in the global data as gd->fdt_blob.
842
Simon Glass2c0f79e2011-10-24 19:15:31 +0000843 U-Boot needs to get its device tree from somewhere. This can
844 be done using one of the two options below:
Simon Glassbbb0b122011-10-15 05:48:21 +0000845
846 CONFIG_OF_EMBED
847 If this variable is defined, U-Boot will embed a device tree
848 binary in its image. This device tree file should be in the
849 board directory and called <soc>-<board>.dts. The binary file
850 is then picked up in board_init_f() and made available through
851 the global data structure as gd->blob.
Simon Glass45ba8072011-10-15 05:48:20 +0000852
Simon Glass2c0f79e2011-10-24 19:15:31 +0000853 CONFIG_OF_SEPARATE
854 If this variable is defined, U-Boot will build a device tree
855 binary. It will be called u-boot.dtb. Architecture-specific
856 code will locate it at run-time. Generally this works by:
857
858 cat u-boot.bin u-boot.dtb >image.bin
859
860 and in fact, U-Boot does this for you, creating a file called
861 u-boot-dtb.bin which is useful in the common case. You can
862 still use the individual files if you need something more
863 exotic.
864
wdenkc6097192002-11-03 00:24:07 +0000865- Watchdog:
866 CONFIG_WATCHDOG
867 If this variable is defined, it enables watchdog
Detlev Zundel6abe6fb2011-04-27 05:25:59 +0000868 support for the SoC. There must be support in the SoC
869 specific code for a watchdog. For the 8xx and 8260
870 CPUs, the SIU Watchdog feature is enabled in the SYPCR
871 register. When supported for a specific SoC is
872 available, then no further board specific code should
873 be needed to use it.
874
875 CONFIG_HW_WATCHDOG
876 When using a watchdog circuitry external to the used
877 SoC, then define this variable and provide board
878 specific code for the "hw_watchdog_reset" function.
wdenkc6097192002-11-03 00:24:07 +0000879
stroesec1551ea2003-04-04 15:53:41 +0000880- U-Boot Version:
881 CONFIG_VERSION_VARIABLE
882 If this variable is defined, an environment variable
883 named "ver" is created by U-Boot showing the U-Boot
884 version as printed by the "version" command.
885 This variable is readonly.
886
wdenkc6097192002-11-03 00:24:07 +0000887- Real-Time Clock:
888
Jon Loeliger602ad3b2007-06-11 19:03:39 -0500889 When CONFIG_CMD_DATE is selected, the type of the RTC
wdenkc6097192002-11-03 00:24:07 +0000890 has to be selected, too. Define exactly one of the
891 following options:
892
893 CONFIG_RTC_MPC8xx - use internal RTC of MPC8xx
894 CONFIG_RTC_PCF8563 - use Philips PCF8563 RTC
Fabio Estevam4e8b7542011-10-24 06:44:15 +0000895 CONFIG_RTC_MC13XXX - use MC13783 or MC13892 RTC
wdenkc6097192002-11-03 00:24:07 +0000896 CONFIG_RTC_MC146818 - use MC146818 RTC
wdenk1cb8e982003-03-06 21:55:29 +0000897 CONFIG_RTC_DS1307 - use Maxim, Inc. DS1307 RTC
wdenkc6097192002-11-03 00:24:07 +0000898 CONFIG_RTC_DS1337 - use Maxim, Inc. DS1337 RTC
wdenk7f70e852003-05-20 14:25:27 +0000899 CONFIG_RTC_DS1338 - use Maxim, Inc. DS1338 RTC
wdenk3bac3512003-03-12 10:41:04 +0000900 CONFIG_RTC_DS164x - use Dallas DS164x RTC
Tor Krill9536dfc2008-03-15 15:40:26 +0100901 CONFIG_RTC_ISL1208 - use Intersil ISL1208 RTC
wdenk4c0d4c32004-06-09 17:34:58 +0000902 CONFIG_RTC_MAX6900 - use Maxim, Inc. MAX6900 RTC
Jean-Christophe PLAGNIOL-VILLARD6d0f6bc2008-10-16 15:01:15 +0200903 CONFIG_SYS_RTC_DS1337_NOOSC - Turn off the OSC output for DS1337
Heiko Schocher71d19f32011-03-28 09:24:22 +0200904 CONFIG_SYS_RV3029_TCR - enable trickle charger on
905 RV3029 RTC.
wdenkc6097192002-11-03 00:24:07 +0000906
wdenkb37c7e52003-06-30 16:24:52 +0000907 Note that if the RTC uses I2C, then the I2C interface
908 must also be configured. See I2C Support, below.
909
Peter Tysere92739d2008-12-17 16:36:21 -0600910- GPIO Support:
911 CONFIG_PCA953X - use NXP's PCA953X series I2C GPIO
912 CONFIG_PCA953X_INFO - enable pca953x info command
913
Chris Packham5dec49c2010-12-19 10:12:13 +0000914 The CONFIG_SYS_I2C_PCA953X_WIDTH option specifies a list of
915 chip-ngpio pairs that tell the PCA953X driver the number of
916 pins supported by a particular chip.
917
Peter Tysere92739d2008-12-17 16:36:21 -0600918 Note that if the GPIO device uses I2C, then the I2C interface
919 must also be configured. See I2C Support, below.
920
wdenkc6097192002-11-03 00:24:07 +0000921- Timestamp Support:
922
wdenk43d96162003-03-06 00:02:04 +0000923 When CONFIG_TIMESTAMP is selected, the timestamp
924 (date and time) of an image is printed by image
925 commands like bootm or iminfo. This option is
Jon Loeliger602ad3b2007-06-11 19:03:39 -0500926 automatically enabled when you select CONFIG_CMD_DATE .
wdenkc6097192002-11-03 00:24:07 +0000927
928- Partition Support:
929 CONFIG_MAC_PARTITION and/or CONFIG_DOS_PARTITION
richardretanubun07f3d782008-09-26 11:13:22 -0400930 and/or CONFIG_ISO_PARTITION and/or CONFIG_EFI_PARTITION
wdenkc6097192002-11-03 00:24:07 +0000931
Wolfgang Denk218ca722008-03-26 10:40:12 +0100932 If IDE or SCSI support is enabled (CONFIG_CMD_IDE or
933 CONFIG_CMD_SCSI) you must configure support for at
934 least one partition type as well.
wdenkc6097192002-11-03 00:24:07 +0000935
936- IDE Reset method:
wdenk4d13cba2004-03-14 14:09:05 +0000937 CONFIG_IDE_RESET_ROUTINE - this is defined in several
938 board configurations files but used nowhere!
wdenkc6097192002-11-03 00:24:07 +0000939
wdenk4d13cba2004-03-14 14:09:05 +0000940 CONFIG_IDE_RESET - is this is defined, IDE Reset will
941 be performed by calling the function
942 ide_set_reset(int reset)
943 which has to be defined in a board specific file
wdenkc6097192002-11-03 00:24:07 +0000944
945- ATAPI Support:
946 CONFIG_ATAPI
947
948 Set this to enable ATAPI support.
949
wdenkc40b2952004-03-13 23:29:43 +0000950- LBA48 Support
951 CONFIG_LBA48
952
953 Set this to enable support for disks larger than 137GB
Heiko Schocher4b142fe2009-12-03 11:21:21 +0100954 Also look at CONFIG_SYS_64BIT_LBA.
wdenkc40b2952004-03-13 23:29:43 +0000955 Whithout these , LBA48 support uses 32bit variables and will 'only'
956 support disks up to 2.1TB.
957
Jean-Christophe PLAGNIOL-VILLARD6d0f6bc2008-10-16 15:01:15 +0200958 CONFIG_SYS_64BIT_LBA:
wdenkc40b2952004-03-13 23:29:43 +0000959 When enabled, makes the IDE subsystem use 64bit sector addresses.
960 Default is 32bit.
961
wdenkc6097192002-11-03 00:24:07 +0000962- SCSI Support:
963 At the moment only there is only support for the
964 SYM53C8XX SCSI controller; define
965 CONFIG_SCSI_SYM53C8XX to enable it.
966
Jean-Christophe PLAGNIOL-VILLARD6d0f6bc2008-10-16 15:01:15 +0200967 CONFIG_SYS_SCSI_MAX_LUN [8], CONFIG_SYS_SCSI_MAX_SCSI_ID [7] and
968 CONFIG_SYS_SCSI_MAX_DEVICE [CONFIG_SYS_SCSI_MAX_SCSI_ID *
969 CONFIG_SYS_SCSI_MAX_LUN] can be adjusted to define the
wdenkc6097192002-11-03 00:24:07 +0000970 maximum numbers of LUNs, SCSI ID's and target
971 devices.
Jean-Christophe PLAGNIOL-VILLARD6d0f6bc2008-10-16 15:01:15 +0200972 CONFIG_SYS_SCSI_SYM53C8XX_CCF to fix clock timing (80Mhz)
wdenkc6097192002-11-03 00:24:07 +0000973
974- NETWORK Support (PCI):
wdenk682011f2003-06-03 23:54:09 +0000975 CONFIG_E1000
Kyle Moffettce5207e2011-10-18 11:05:29 +0000976 Support for Intel 8254x/8257x gigabit chips.
977
978 CONFIG_E1000_SPI
979 Utility code for direct access to the SPI bus on Intel 8257x.
980 This does not do anything useful unless you set at least one
981 of CONFIG_CMD_E1000 or CONFIG_E1000_SPI_GENERIC.
982
983 CONFIG_E1000_SPI_GENERIC
984 Allow generic access to the SPI bus on the Intel 8257x, for
985 example with the "sspi" command.
986
987 CONFIG_CMD_E1000
988 Management command for E1000 devices. When used on devices
989 with SPI support you can reprogram the EEPROM from U-Boot.
stroese53cf9432003-06-05 15:39:44 +0000990
Andre Schwarzac3315c2008-03-06 16:45:44 +0100991 CONFIG_E1000_FALLBACK_MAC
Marcel Ziswiler11ccc332008-07-09 08:17:15 +0200992 default MAC for empty EEPROM after production.
Andre Schwarzac3315c2008-03-06 16:45:44 +0100993
wdenkc6097192002-11-03 00:24:07 +0000994 CONFIG_EEPRO100
995 Support for Intel 82557/82559/82559ER chips.
Marcel Ziswiler11ccc332008-07-09 08:17:15 +0200996 Optional CONFIG_EEPRO100_SROM_WRITE enables EEPROM
wdenkc6097192002-11-03 00:24:07 +0000997 write routine for first time initialisation.
998
999 CONFIG_TULIP
1000 Support for Digital 2114x chips.
1001 Optional CONFIG_TULIP_SELECT_MEDIA for board specific
1002 modem chip initialisation (KS8761/QS6611).
1003
1004 CONFIG_NATSEMI
1005 Support for National dp83815 chips.
1006
1007 CONFIG_NS8382X
1008 Support for National dp8382[01] gigabit chips.
1009
wdenk45219c42003-05-12 21:50:16 +00001010- NETWORK Support (other):
1011
Jens Scharsigc041e9d2010-01-23 12:03:45 +01001012 CONFIG_DRIVER_AT91EMAC
1013 Support for AT91RM9200 EMAC.
1014
1015 CONFIG_RMII
1016 Define this to use reduced MII inteface
1017
1018 CONFIG_DRIVER_AT91EMAC_QUIET
1019 If this defined, the driver is quiet.
1020 The driver doen't show link status messages.
1021
Rob Herringefdd7312011-12-15 11:15:49 +00001022 CONFIG_CALXEDA_XGMAC
1023 Support for the Calxeda XGMAC device
1024
wdenk45219c42003-05-12 21:50:16 +00001025 CONFIG_DRIVER_LAN91C96
1026 Support for SMSC's LAN91C96 chips.
1027
1028 CONFIG_LAN91C96_BASE
1029 Define this to hold the physical address
1030 of the LAN91C96's I/O space
1031
1032 CONFIG_LAN91C96_USE_32_BIT
1033 Define this to enable 32 bit addressing
1034
wdenkf39748a2004-06-09 13:37:52 +00001035 CONFIG_DRIVER_SMC91111
1036 Support for SMSC's LAN91C111 chip
1037
1038 CONFIG_SMC91111_BASE
1039 Define this to hold the physical address
1040 of the device (I/O space)
1041
1042 CONFIG_SMC_USE_32_BIT
1043 Define this if data bus is 32 bits
1044
1045 CONFIG_SMC_USE_IOFUNCS
1046 Define this to use i/o functions instead of macros
1047 (some hardware wont work with macros)
1048
Heiko Schocherdc02bad2011-11-15 10:00:04 -05001049 CONFIG_DRIVER_TI_EMAC
1050 Support for davinci emac
1051
1052 CONFIG_SYS_DAVINCI_EMAC_PHY_COUNT
1053 Define this if you have more then 3 PHYs.
1054
Macpaul Linb3dbf4a52010-12-21 16:59:46 +08001055 CONFIG_FTGMAC100
1056 Support for Faraday's FTGMAC100 Gigabit SoC Ethernet
1057
1058 CONFIG_FTGMAC100_EGIGA
1059 Define this to use GE link update with gigabit PHY.
1060 Define this if FTGMAC100 is connected to gigabit PHY.
1061 If your system has 10/100 PHY only, it might not occur
1062 wrong behavior. Because PHY usually return timeout or
1063 useless data when polling gigabit status and gigabit
1064 control registers. This behavior won't affect the
1065 correctnessof 10/100 link speed update.
1066
Mike Rapoportc2fff332009-11-11 10:03:03 +02001067 CONFIG_SMC911X
Jens Gehrlein557b3772008-05-05 14:06:11 +02001068 Support for SMSC's LAN911x and LAN921x chips
1069
Mike Rapoportc2fff332009-11-11 10:03:03 +02001070 CONFIG_SMC911X_BASE
Jens Gehrlein557b3772008-05-05 14:06:11 +02001071 Define this to hold the physical address
1072 of the device (I/O space)
1073
Mike Rapoportc2fff332009-11-11 10:03:03 +02001074 CONFIG_SMC911X_32_BIT
Jens Gehrlein557b3772008-05-05 14:06:11 +02001075 Define this if data bus is 32 bits
1076
Mike Rapoportc2fff332009-11-11 10:03:03 +02001077 CONFIG_SMC911X_16_BIT
Jens Gehrlein557b3772008-05-05 14:06:11 +02001078 Define this if data bus is 16 bits. If your processor
1079 automatically converts one 32 bit word to two 16 bit
Mike Rapoportc2fff332009-11-11 10:03:03 +02001080 words you may also try CONFIG_SMC911X_32_BIT.
Jens Gehrlein557b3772008-05-05 14:06:11 +02001081
Yoshihiro Shimoda3d0075f2011-01-27 10:06:03 +09001082 CONFIG_SH_ETHER
1083 Support for Renesas on-chip Ethernet controller
1084
1085 CONFIG_SH_ETHER_USE_PORT
1086 Define the number of ports to be used
1087
1088 CONFIG_SH_ETHER_PHY_ADDR
1089 Define the ETH PHY's address
1090
Yoshihiro Shimoda68260aa2011-01-27 10:06:08 +09001091 CONFIG_SH_ETHER_CACHE_WRITEBACK
1092 If this option is set, the driver enables cache flush.
1093
Vadim Bendebury5e124722011-10-17 08:36:14 +00001094- TPM Support:
1095 CONFIG_GENERIC_LPC_TPM
1096 Support for generic parallel port TPM devices. Only one device
1097 per system is supported at this time.
1098
1099 CONFIG_TPM_TIS_BASE_ADDRESS
1100 Base address where the generic TPM device is mapped
1101 to. Contemporary x86 systems usually map it at
1102 0xfed40000.
1103
wdenkc6097192002-11-03 00:24:07 +00001104- USB Support:
1105 At the moment only the UHCI host controller is
wdenk4d13cba2004-03-14 14:09:05 +00001106 supported (PIP405, MIP405, MPC5200); define
wdenkc6097192002-11-03 00:24:07 +00001107 CONFIG_USB_UHCI to enable it.
1108 define CONFIG_USB_KEYBOARD to enable the USB Keyboard
wdenk30d56fa2004-10-09 22:44:59 +00001109 and define CONFIG_USB_STORAGE to enable the USB
wdenkc6097192002-11-03 00:24:07 +00001110 storage devices.
1111 Note:
1112 Supported are USB Keyboards and USB Floppy drives
1113 (TEAC FD-05PUB).
wdenk4d13cba2004-03-14 14:09:05 +00001114 MPC5200 USB requires additional defines:
1115 CONFIG_USB_CLOCK
1116 for 528 MHz Clock: 0x0001bbbb
Eric Millbrandt307ecb62009-08-13 08:32:37 -05001117 CONFIG_PSC3_USB
1118 for USB on PSC3
wdenk4d13cba2004-03-14 14:09:05 +00001119 CONFIG_USB_CONFIG
1120 for differential drivers: 0x00001000
1121 for single ended drivers: 0x00005000
Eric Millbrandt307ecb62009-08-13 08:32:37 -05001122 for differential drivers on PSC3: 0x00000100
1123 for single ended drivers on PSC3: 0x00004100
Jean-Christophe PLAGNIOL-VILLARD6d0f6bc2008-10-16 15:01:15 +02001124 CONFIG_SYS_USB_EVENT_POLL
Zhang Weifdcfaa12007-06-06 10:08:13 +02001125 May be defined to allow interrupt polling
1126 instead of using asynchronous interrupts
wdenk4d13cba2004-03-14 14:09:05 +00001127
Simon Glass9ab4ce22012-02-27 10:52:47 +00001128 CONFIG_USB_EHCI_TXFIFO_THRESH enables setting of the
1129 txfilltuning field in the EHCI controller on reset.
1130
Wolfgang Denk16c8d5e2006-06-14 17:45:53 +02001131- USB Device:
1132 Define the below if you wish to use the USB console.
1133 Once firmware is rebuilt from a serial console issue the
1134 command "setenv stdin usbtty; setenv stdout usbtty" and
Marcel Ziswiler11ccc332008-07-09 08:17:15 +02001135 attach your USB cable. The Unix command "dmesg" should print
Wolfgang Denk16c8d5e2006-06-14 17:45:53 +02001136 it has found a new device. The environment variable usbtty
1137 can be set to gserial or cdc_acm to enable your device to
Wolfgang Denk386eda02006-06-14 18:14:56 +02001138 appear to a USB host as a Linux gserial device or a
Wolfgang Denk16c8d5e2006-06-14 17:45:53 +02001139 Common Device Class Abstract Control Model serial device.
1140 If you select usbtty = gserial you should be able to enumerate
1141 a Linux host by
1142 # modprobe usbserial vendor=0xVendorID product=0xProductID
1143 else if using cdc_acm, simply setting the environment
1144 variable usbtty to be cdc_acm should suffice. The following
1145 might be defined in YourBoardName.h
Wolfgang Denk386eda02006-06-14 18:14:56 +02001146
Wolfgang Denk16c8d5e2006-06-14 17:45:53 +02001147 CONFIG_USB_DEVICE
1148 Define this to build a UDC device
wdenkc6097192002-11-03 00:24:07 +00001149
Wolfgang Denk16c8d5e2006-06-14 17:45:53 +02001150 CONFIG_USB_TTY
1151 Define this to have a tty type of device available to
1152 talk to the UDC device
Wolfgang Denk386eda02006-06-14 18:14:56 +02001153
Jean-Christophe PLAGNIOL-VILLARD6d0f6bc2008-10-16 15:01:15 +02001154 CONFIG_SYS_CONSOLE_IS_IN_ENV
Wolfgang Denk16c8d5e2006-06-14 17:45:53 +02001155 Define this if you want stdin, stdout &/or stderr to
1156 be set to usbtty.
1157
1158 mpc8xx:
Jean-Christophe PLAGNIOL-VILLARD6d0f6bc2008-10-16 15:01:15 +02001159 CONFIG_SYS_USB_EXTC_CLK 0xBLAH
Wolfgang Denk16c8d5e2006-06-14 17:45:53 +02001160 Derive USB clock from external clock "blah"
Jean-Christophe PLAGNIOL-VILLARD6d0f6bc2008-10-16 15:01:15 +02001161 - CONFIG_SYS_USB_EXTC_CLK 0x02
Wolfgang Denk386eda02006-06-14 18:14:56 +02001162
Jean-Christophe PLAGNIOL-VILLARD6d0f6bc2008-10-16 15:01:15 +02001163 CONFIG_SYS_USB_BRG_CLK 0xBLAH
Wolfgang Denk16c8d5e2006-06-14 17:45:53 +02001164 Derive USB clock from brgclk
Jean-Christophe PLAGNIOL-VILLARD6d0f6bc2008-10-16 15:01:15 +02001165 - CONFIG_SYS_USB_BRG_CLK 0x04
Wolfgang Denk16c8d5e2006-06-14 17:45:53 +02001166
Wolfgang Denk386eda02006-06-14 18:14:56 +02001167 If you have a USB-IF assigned VendorID then you may wish to
Wolfgang Denk16c8d5e2006-06-14 17:45:53 +02001168 define your own vendor specific values either in BoardName.h
Wolfgang Denk386eda02006-06-14 18:14:56 +02001169 or directly in usbd_vendor_info.h. If you don't define
Wolfgang Denk16c8d5e2006-06-14 17:45:53 +02001170 CONFIG_USBD_MANUFACTURER, CONFIG_USBD_PRODUCT_NAME,
1171 CONFIG_USBD_VENDORID and CONFIG_USBD_PRODUCTID, then U-Boot
1172 should pretend to be a Linux device to it's target host.
1173
1174 CONFIG_USBD_MANUFACTURER
1175 Define this string as the name of your company for
1176 - CONFIG_USBD_MANUFACTURER "my company"
Wolfgang Denk386eda02006-06-14 18:14:56 +02001177
Wolfgang Denk16c8d5e2006-06-14 17:45:53 +02001178 CONFIG_USBD_PRODUCT_NAME
1179 Define this string as the name of your product
1180 - CONFIG_USBD_PRODUCT_NAME "acme usb device"
1181
1182 CONFIG_USBD_VENDORID
1183 Define this as your assigned Vendor ID from the USB
1184 Implementors Forum. This *must* be a genuine Vendor ID
1185 to avoid polluting the USB namespace.
1186 - CONFIG_USBD_VENDORID 0xFFFF
Wolfgang Denk386eda02006-06-14 18:14:56 +02001187
Wolfgang Denk16c8d5e2006-06-14 17:45:53 +02001188 CONFIG_USBD_PRODUCTID
1189 Define this as the unique Product ID
1190 for your device
1191 - CONFIG_USBD_PRODUCTID 0xFFFF
wdenkc6097192002-11-03 00:24:07 +00001192
Igor Grinbergd70a5602011-12-12 12:08:35 +02001193- ULPI Layer Support:
1194 The ULPI (UTMI Low Pin (count) Interface) PHYs are supported via
1195 the generic ULPI layer. The generic layer accesses the ULPI PHY
1196 via the platform viewport, so you need both the genric layer and
1197 the viewport enabled. Currently only Chipidea/ARC based
1198 viewport is supported.
1199 To enable the ULPI layer support, define CONFIG_USB_ULPI and
1200 CONFIG_USB_ULPI_VIEWPORT in your board configuration file.
wdenkc6097192002-11-03 00:24:07 +00001201
1202- MMC Support:
1203 The MMC controller on the Intel PXA is supported. To
1204 enable this define CONFIG_MMC. The MMC can be
1205 accessed from the boot prompt by mapping the device
1206 to physical memory similar to flash. Command line is
Jon Loeliger602ad3b2007-06-11 19:03:39 -05001207 enabled with CONFIG_CMD_MMC. The MMC driver also works with
1208 the FAT fs. This is enabled with CONFIG_CMD_FAT.
wdenkc6097192002-11-03 00:24:07 +00001209
Yoshihiro Shimodaafb35662011-07-04 22:21:22 +00001210 CONFIG_SH_MMCIF
1211 Support for Renesas on-chip MMCIF controller
1212
1213 CONFIG_SH_MMCIF_ADDR
1214 Define the base address of MMCIF registers
1215
1216 CONFIG_SH_MMCIF_CLK
1217 Define the clock frequency for MMCIF
1218
wdenk6705d812004-08-02 23:22:59 +00001219- Journaling Flash filesystem support:
1220 CONFIG_JFFS2_NAND, CONFIG_JFFS2_NAND_OFF, CONFIG_JFFS2_NAND_SIZE,
1221 CONFIG_JFFS2_NAND_DEV
1222 Define these for a default partition on a NAND device
1223
Jean-Christophe PLAGNIOL-VILLARD6d0f6bc2008-10-16 15:01:15 +02001224 CONFIG_SYS_JFFS2_FIRST_SECTOR,
1225 CONFIG_SYS_JFFS2_FIRST_BANK, CONFIG_SYS_JFFS2_NUM_BANKS
wdenk6705d812004-08-02 23:22:59 +00001226 Define these for a default partition on a NOR device
1227
Jean-Christophe PLAGNIOL-VILLARD6d0f6bc2008-10-16 15:01:15 +02001228 CONFIG_SYS_JFFS_CUSTOM_PART
wdenk6705d812004-08-02 23:22:59 +00001229 Define this to create an own partition. You have to provide a
1230 function struct part_info* jffs2_part_info(int part_num)
1231
1232 If you define only one JFFS2 partition you may also want to
Jean-Christophe PLAGNIOL-VILLARD6d0f6bc2008-10-16 15:01:15 +02001233 #define CONFIG_SYS_JFFS_SINGLE_PART 1
wdenk6705d812004-08-02 23:22:59 +00001234 to disable the command chpart. This is the default when you
1235 have not defined a custom partition
1236
Donggeun Kimc30a15e2011-10-24 21:15:28 +00001237- FAT(File Allocation Table) filesystem write function support:
1238 CONFIG_FAT_WRITE
Donggeun Kim656f4c62012-03-22 04:38:56 +00001239
1240 Define this to enable support for saving memory data as a
1241 file in FAT formatted partition.
1242
1243 This will also enable the command "fatwrite" enabling the
1244 user to write files to FAT.
Donggeun Kimc30a15e2011-10-24 21:15:28 +00001245
wdenkc6097192002-11-03 00:24:07 +00001246- Keyboard Support:
1247 CONFIG_ISA_KEYBOARD
1248
1249 Define this to enable standard (PC-Style) keyboard
1250 support
1251
1252 CONFIG_I8042_KBD
1253 Standard PC keyboard driver with US (is default) and
1254 GERMAN key layout (switch via environment 'keymap=de') support.
1255 Export function i8042_kbd_init, i8042_tstc and i8042_getc
1256 for cfb_console. Supports cursor blinking.
1257
1258- Video support:
1259 CONFIG_VIDEO
1260
1261 Define this to enable video support (for output to
1262 video).
1263
1264 CONFIG_VIDEO_CT69000
1265
1266 Enable Chips & Technologies 69000 Video chip
1267
1268 CONFIG_VIDEO_SMI_LYNXEM
wdenkb79a11c2004-03-25 15:14:43 +00001269 Enable Silicon Motion SMI 712/710/810 Video chip. The
wdenkeeb1b772004-03-23 22:53:55 +00001270 video output is selected via environment 'videoout'
1271 (1 = LCD and 2 = CRT). If videoout is undefined, CRT is
1272 assumed.
wdenkc6097192002-11-03 00:24:07 +00001273
wdenkb79a11c2004-03-25 15:14:43 +00001274 For the CT69000 and SMI_LYNXEM drivers, videomode is
Marcel Ziswiler11ccc332008-07-09 08:17:15 +02001275 selected via environment 'videomode'. Two different ways
wdenkeeb1b772004-03-23 22:53:55 +00001276 are possible:
1277 - "videomode=num" 'num' is a standard LiLo mode numbers.
wdenk6e592382004-04-18 17:39:38 +00001278 Following standard modes are supported (* is default):
wdenkeeb1b772004-03-23 22:53:55 +00001279
1280 Colors 640x480 800x600 1024x768 1152x864 1280x1024
1281 -------------+---------------------------------------------
1282 8 bits | 0x301* 0x303 0x305 0x161 0x307
1283 15 bits | 0x310 0x313 0x316 0x162 0x319
1284 16 bits | 0x311 0x314 0x317 0x163 0x31A
1285 24 bits | 0x312 0x315 0x318 ? 0x31B
1286 -------------+---------------------------------------------
wdenkc6097192002-11-03 00:24:07 +00001287 (i.e. setenv videomode 317; saveenv; reset;)
1288
wdenkb79a11c2004-03-25 15:14:43 +00001289 - "videomode=bootargs" all the video parameters are parsed
Marcel Ziswiler7817cb22007-12-30 03:30:46 +01001290 from the bootargs. (See drivers/video/videomodes.c)
wdenkeeb1b772004-03-23 22:53:55 +00001291
1292
stroesec1551ea2003-04-04 15:53:41 +00001293 CONFIG_VIDEO_SED13806
wdenk43d96162003-03-06 00:02:04 +00001294 Enable Epson SED13806 driver. This driver supports 8bpp
wdenka6c7ad22002-12-03 21:28:10 +00001295 and 16bpp modes defined by CONFIG_VIDEO_SED13806_8BPP
1296 or CONFIG_VIDEO_SED13806_16BPP
1297
Timur Tabi7d3053f2011-02-15 17:09:19 -06001298 CONFIG_FSL_DIU_FB
Wolfgang Denk04e5ae72011-09-11 21:24:09 +02001299 Enable the Freescale DIU video driver. Reference boards for
Timur Tabi7d3053f2011-02-15 17:09:19 -06001300 SOCs that have a DIU should define this macro to enable DIU
1301 support, and should also define these other macros:
1302
1303 CONFIG_SYS_DIU_ADDR
1304 CONFIG_VIDEO
1305 CONFIG_CMD_BMP
1306 CONFIG_CFB_CONSOLE
1307 CONFIG_VIDEO_SW_CURSOR
1308 CONFIG_VGA_AS_SINGLE_DEVICE
1309 CONFIG_VIDEO_LOGO
1310 CONFIG_VIDEO_BMP_LOGO
1311
Timur Tabiba8e76b2011-04-11 14:18:22 -05001312 The DIU driver will look for the 'video-mode' environment
1313 variable, and if defined, enable the DIU as a console during
1314 boot. See the documentation file README.video for a
1315 description of this variable.
Timur Tabi7d3053f2011-02-15 17:09:19 -06001316
wdenk682011f2003-06-03 23:54:09 +00001317- Keyboard Support:
wdenk8bde7f72003-06-27 21:31:46 +00001318 CONFIG_KEYBOARD
wdenk682011f2003-06-03 23:54:09 +00001319
wdenk8bde7f72003-06-27 21:31:46 +00001320 Define this to enable a custom keyboard support.
1321 This simply calls drv_keyboard_init() which must be
1322 defined in your board-specific files.
1323 The only board using this so far is RBC823.
wdenka6c7ad22002-12-03 21:28:10 +00001324
wdenkc6097192002-11-03 00:24:07 +00001325- LCD Support: CONFIG_LCD
1326
1327 Define this to enable LCD support (for output to LCD
1328 display); also select one of the supported displays
1329 by defining one of these:
1330
Stelian Pop39cf4802008-05-09 21:57:18 +02001331 CONFIG_ATMEL_LCD:
1332
1333 HITACHI TX09D70VM1CCA, 3.5", 240x320.
1334
wdenkfd3103b2003-11-25 16:55:19 +00001335 CONFIG_NEC_NL6448AC33:
wdenkc6097192002-11-03 00:24:07 +00001336
wdenkfd3103b2003-11-25 16:55:19 +00001337 NEC NL6448AC33-18. Active, color, single scan.
wdenkc6097192002-11-03 00:24:07 +00001338
wdenkfd3103b2003-11-25 16:55:19 +00001339 CONFIG_NEC_NL6448BC20
wdenkc6097192002-11-03 00:24:07 +00001340
wdenkfd3103b2003-11-25 16:55:19 +00001341 NEC NL6448BC20-08. 6.5", 640x480.
1342 Active, color, single scan.
1343
1344 CONFIG_NEC_NL6448BC33_54
1345
1346 NEC NL6448BC33-54. 10.4", 640x480.
wdenkc6097192002-11-03 00:24:07 +00001347 Active, color, single scan.
1348
1349 CONFIG_SHARP_16x9
1350
1351 Sharp 320x240. Active, color, single scan.
1352 It isn't 16x9, and I am not sure what it is.
1353
1354 CONFIG_SHARP_LQ64D341
1355
1356 Sharp LQ64D341 display, 640x480.
1357 Active, color, single scan.
1358
1359 CONFIG_HLD1045
1360
1361 HLD1045 display, 640x480.
1362 Active, color, single scan.
1363
1364 CONFIG_OPTREX_BW
1365
1366 Optrex CBL50840-2 NF-FW 99 22 M5
1367 or
1368 Hitachi LMG6912RPFC-00T
1369 or
1370 Hitachi SP14Q002
1371
1372 320x240. Black & white.
1373
1374 Normally display is black on white background; define
Jean-Christophe PLAGNIOL-VILLARD6d0f6bc2008-10-16 15:01:15 +02001375 CONFIG_SYS_WHITE_ON_BLACK to get it inverted.
wdenkc6097192002-11-03 00:24:07 +00001376
wdenk7152b1d2003-09-05 23:19:14 +00001377- Splash Screen Support: CONFIG_SPLASH_SCREEN
wdenkd791b1d2003-04-20 14:04:18 +00001378
wdenk8bde7f72003-06-27 21:31:46 +00001379 If this option is set, the environment is checked for
1380 a variable "splashimage". If found, the usual display
1381 of logo, copyright and system information on the LCD
wdenke94d2cd2004-06-30 22:59:18 +00001382 is suppressed and the BMP image at the address
wdenk8bde7f72003-06-27 21:31:46 +00001383 specified in "splashimage" is loaded instead. The
1384 console is redirected to the "nulldev", too. This
1385 allows for a "silent" boot where a splash screen is
1386 loaded very quickly after power-on.
wdenkd791b1d2003-04-20 14:04:18 +00001387
Matthias Weisser1ca298c2009-07-09 16:07:30 +02001388 CONFIG_SPLASH_SCREEN_ALIGN
1389
1390 If this option is set the splash image can be freely positioned
1391 on the screen. Environment variable "splashpos" specifies the
1392 position as "x,y". If a positive number is given it is used as
1393 number of pixel from left/top. If a negative number is given it
1394 is used as number of pixel from right/bottom. You can also
1395 specify 'm' for centering the image.
1396
1397 Example:
1398 setenv splashpos m,m
1399 => image at center of screen
1400
1401 setenv splashpos 30,20
1402 => image at x = 30 and y = 20
1403
1404 setenv splashpos -10,m
1405 => vertically centered image
1406 at x = dspWidth - bmpWidth - 9
1407
Stefan Roese98f4a3d2005-09-22 09:04:17 +02001408- Gzip compressed BMP image support: CONFIG_VIDEO_BMP_GZIP
1409
1410 If this option is set, additionally to standard BMP
1411 images, gzipped BMP images can be displayed via the
1412 splashscreen support or the bmp command.
1413
Anatolij Gustschind5011762010-03-15 14:50:25 +01001414- Run length encoded BMP image (RLE8) support: CONFIG_VIDEO_BMP_RLE8
1415
1416 If this option is set, 8-bit RLE compressed BMP images
1417 can be displayed via the splashscreen support or the
1418 bmp command.
1419
wdenkc29fdfc2003-08-29 20:57:53 +00001420- Compression support:
1421 CONFIG_BZIP2
1422
1423 If this option is set, support for bzip2 compressed
1424 images is included. If not, only uncompressed and gzip
1425 compressed images are supported.
1426
wdenk42d1f032003-10-15 23:53:47 +00001427 NOTE: the bzip2 algorithm requires a lot of RAM, so
Jean-Christophe PLAGNIOL-VILLARD6d0f6bc2008-10-16 15:01:15 +02001428 the malloc area (as defined by CONFIG_SYS_MALLOC_LEN) should
wdenk42d1f032003-10-15 23:53:47 +00001429 be at least 4MB.
wdenkd791b1d2003-04-20 14:04:18 +00001430
Luigi 'Comio' Mantellinifc9c1722008-09-08 02:46:13 +02001431 CONFIG_LZMA
1432
1433 If this option is set, support for lzma compressed
1434 images is included.
1435
1436 Note: The LZMA algorithm adds between 2 and 4KB of code and it
1437 requires an amount of dynamic memory that is given by the
1438 formula:
1439
1440 (1846 + 768 << (lc + lp)) * sizeof(uint16)
1441
1442 Where lc and lp stand for, respectively, Literal context bits
1443 and Literal pos bits.
1444
1445 This value is upper-bounded by 14MB in the worst case. Anyway,
1446 for a ~4MB large kernel image, we have lc=3 and lp=0 for a
1447 total amount of (1846 + 768 << (3 + 0)) * 2 = ~41KB... that is
1448 a very small buffer.
1449
1450 Use the lzmainfo tool to determinate the lc and lp values and
1451 then calculate the amount of needed dynamic memory (ensuring
Jean-Christophe PLAGNIOL-VILLARD6d0f6bc2008-10-16 15:01:15 +02001452 the appropriate CONFIG_SYS_MALLOC_LEN value).
Luigi 'Comio' Mantellinifc9c1722008-09-08 02:46:13 +02001453
wdenk17ea1172004-06-06 21:51:03 +00001454- MII/PHY support:
1455 CONFIG_PHY_ADDR
1456
1457 The address of PHY on MII bus.
1458
1459 CONFIG_PHY_CLOCK_FREQ (ppc4xx)
1460
1461 The clock frequency of the MII bus
1462
1463 CONFIG_PHY_GIGE
1464
1465 If this option is set, support for speed/duplex
Marcel Ziswiler11ccc332008-07-09 08:17:15 +02001466 detection of gigabit PHY is included.
wdenk17ea1172004-06-06 21:51:03 +00001467
1468 CONFIG_PHY_RESET_DELAY
1469
1470 Some PHY like Intel LXT971A need extra delay after
1471 reset before any MII register access is possible.
1472 For such PHY, set this option to the usec delay
1473 required. (minimum 300usec for LXT971A)
1474
1475 CONFIG_PHY_CMD_DELAY (ppc4xx)
1476
1477 Some PHY like Intel LXT971A need extra delay after
1478 command issued before MII status register can be read
1479
wdenkc6097192002-11-03 00:24:07 +00001480- Ethernet address:
1481 CONFIG_ETHADDR
richardretanubunc68a05f2008-09-29 18:28:23 -04001482 CONFIG_ETH1ADDR
wdenkc6097192002-11-03 00:24:07 +00001483 CONFIG_ETH2ADDR
1484 CONFIG_ETH3ADDR
richardretanubunc68a05f2008-09-29 18:28:23 -04001485 CONFIG_ETH4ADDR
1486 CONFIG_ETH5ADDR
wdenkc6097192002-11-03 00:24:07 +00001487
Marcel Ziswiler11ccc332008-07-09 08:17:15 +02001488 Define a default value for Ethernet address to use
1489 for the respective Ethernet interface, in case this
wdenkc6097192002-11-03 00:24:07 +00001490 is not determined automatically.
1491
1492- IP address:
1493 CONFIG_IPADDR
1494
1495 Define a default value for the IP address to use for
Marcel Ziswiler11ccc332008-07-09 08:17:15 +02001496 the default Ethernet interface, in case this is not
wdenkc6097192002-11-03 00:24:07 +00001497 determined through e.g. bootp.
Wolfgang Denk1ebcd652011-10-26 10:21:22 +00001498 (Environment variable "ipaddr")
wdenkc6097192002-11-03 00:24:07 +00001499
1500- Server IP address:
1501 CONFIG_SERVERIP
1502
Marcel Ziswiler11ccc332008-07-09 08:17:15 +02001503 Defines a default value for the IP address of a TFTP
wdenkc6097192002-11-03 00:24:07 +00001504 server to contact when using the "tftboot" command.
Wolfgang Denk1ebcd652011-10-26 10:21:22 +00001505 (Environment variable "serverip")
wdenkc6097192002-11-03 00:24:07 +00001506
Robin Getz97cfe862009-07-21 12:15:28 -04001507 CONFIG_KEEP_SERVERADDR
1508
1509 Keeps the server's MAC address, in the env 'serveraddr'
1510 for passing to bootargs (like Linux's netconsole option)
1511
Wolfgang Denk1ebcd652011-10-26 10:21:22 +00001512- Gateway IP address:
1513 CONFIG_GATEWAYIP
1514
1515 Defines a default value for the IP address of the
1516 default router where packets to other networks are
1517 sent to.
1518 (Environment variable "gatewayip")
1519
1520- Subnet mask:
1521 CONFIG_NETMASK
1522
1523 Defines a default value for the subnet mask (or
1524 routing prefix) which is used to determine if an IP
1525 address belongs to the local subnet or needs to be
1526 forwarded through a router.
1527 (Environment variable "netmask")
1528
David Updegraff53a5c422007-06-11 10:41:07 -05001529- Multicast TFTP Mode:
1530 CONFIG_MCAST_TFTP
1531
1532 Defines whether you want to support multicast TFTP as per
1533 rfc-2090; for example to work with atftp. Lets lots of targets
Marcel Ziswiler11ccc332008-07-09 08:17:15 +02001534 tftp down the same boot image concurrently. Note: the Ethernet
David Updegraff53a5c422007-06-11 10:41:07 -05001535 driver in use must provide a function: mcast() to join/leave a
1536 multicast group.
1537
wdenkc6097192002-11-03 00:24:07 +00001538- BOOTP Recovery Mode:
1539 CONFIG_BOOTP_RANDOM_DELAY
1540
1541 If you have many targets in a network that try to
1542 boot using BOOTP, you may want to avoid that all
1543 systems send out BOOTP requests at precisely the same
1544 moment (which would happen for instance at recovery
1545 from a power failure, when all systems will try to
1546 boot, thus flooding the BOOTP server. Defining
1547 CONFIG_BOOTP_RANDOM_DELAY causes a random delay to be
1548 inserted before sending out BOOTP requests. The
Wolfgang Denk6c33c782007-08-06 23:21:05 +02001549 following delays are inserted then:
wdenkc6097192002-11-03 00:24:07 +00001550
1551 1st BOOTP request: delay 0 ... 1 sec
1552 2nd BOOTP request: delay 0 ... 2 sec
1553 3rd BOOTP request: delay 0 ... 4 sec
1554 4th and following
1555 BOOTP requests: delay 0 ... 8 sec
1556
stroesefe389a82003-08-28 14:17:32 +00001557- DHCP Advanced Options:
Jon Loeliger1fe80d72007-07-09 22:08:34 -05001558 You can fine tune the DHCP functionality by defining
1559 CONFIG_BOOTP_* symbols:
stroesefe389a82003-08-28 14:17:32 +00001560
Jon Loeliger1fe80d72007-07-09 22:08:34 -05001561 CONFIG_BOOTP_SUBNETMASK
1562 CONFIG_BOOTP_GATEWAY
1563 CONFIG_BOOTP_HOSTNAME
1564 CONFIG_BOOTP_NISDOMAIN
1565 CONFIG_BOOTP_BOOTPATH
1566 CONFIG_BOOTP_BOOTFILESIZE
1567 CONFIG_BOOTP_DNS
1568 CONFIG_BOOTP_DNS2
1569 CONFIG_BOOTP_SEND_HOSTNAME
1570 CONFIG_BOOTP_NTPSERVER
1571 CONFIG_BOOTP_TIMEOFFSET
1572 CONFIG_BOOTP_VENDOREX
stroesefe389a82003-08-28 14:17:32 +00001573
Wilson Callan5d110f02007-07-28 10:56:13 -04001574 CONFIG_BOOTP_SERVERIP - TFTP server will be the serverip
1575 environment variable, not the BOOTP server.
stroesefe389a82003-08-28 14:17:32 +00001576
1577 CONFIG_BOOTP_DNS2 - If a DHCP client requests the DNS
1578 serverip from a DHCP server, it is possible that more
1579 than one DNS serverip is offered to the client.
1580 If CONFIG_BOOTP_DNS2 is enabled, the secondary DNS
1581 serverip will be stored in the additional environment
1582 variable "dnsip2". The first DNS serverip is always
1583 stored in the variable "dnsip", when CONFIG_BOOTP_DNS
Jon Loeliger1fe80d72007-07-09 22:08:34 -05001584 is defined.
stroesefe389a82003-08-28 14:17:32 +00001585
1586 CONFIG_BOOTP_SEND_HOSTNAME - Some DHCP servers are capable
1587 to do a dynamic update of a DNS server. To do this, they
1588 need the hostname of the DHCP requester.
Wilson Callan5d110f02007-07-28 10:56:13 -04001589 If CONFIG_BOOTP_SEND_HOSTNAME is defined, the content
Jon Loeliger1fe80d72007-07-09 22:08:34 -05001590 of the "hostname" environment variable is passed as
1591 option 12 to the DHCP server.
stroesefe389a82003-08-28 14:17:32 +00001592
Aras Vaichasd9a2f412008-03-26 09:43:57 +11001593 CONFIG_BOOTP_DHCP_REQUEST_DELAY
1594
1595 A 32bit value in microseconds for a delay between
1596 receiving a "DHCP Offer" and sending the "DHCP Request".
1597 This fixes a problem with certain DHCP servers that don't
1598 respond 100% of the time to a "DHCP request". E.g. On an
1599 AT91RM9200 processor running at 180MHz, this delay needed
1600 to be *at least* 15,000 usec before a Windows Server 2003
1601 DHCP server would reply 100% of the time. I recommend at
1602 least 50,000 usec to be safe. The alternative is to hope
1603 that one of the retries will be successful but note that
1604 the DHCP timeout and retry process takes a longer than
1605 this delay.
1606
wdenka3d991b2004-04-15 21:48:45 +00001607 - CDP Options:
wdenk6e592382004-04-18 17:39:38 +00001608 CONFIG_CDP_DEVICE_ID
wdenka3d991b2004-04-15 21:48:45 +00001609
1610 The device id used in CDP trigger frames.
1611
1612 CONFIG_CDP_DEVICE_ID_PREFIX
1613
1614 A two character string which is prefixed to the MAC address
1615 of the device.
1616
1617 CONFIG_CDP_PORT_ID
1618
1619 A printf format string which contains the ascii name of
1620 the port. Normally is set to "eth%d" which sets
Marcel Ziswiler11ccc332008-07-09 08:17:15 +02001621 eth0 for the first Ethernet, eth1 for the second etc.
wdenka3d991b2004-04-15 21:48:45 +00001622
1623 CONFIG_CDP_CAPABILITIES
1624
1625 A 32bit integer which indicates the device capabilities;
1626 0x00000010 for a normal host which does not forwards.
1627
1628 CONFIG_CDP_VERSION
1629
1630 An ascii string containing the version of the software.
1631
1632 CONFIG_CDP_PLATFORM
1633
1634 An ascii string containing the name of the platform.
1635
1636 CONFIG_CDP_TRIGGER
1637
1638 A 32bit integer sent on the trigger.
1639
1640 CONFIG_CDP_POWER_CONSUMPTION
1641
1642 A 16bit integer containing the power consumption of the
1643 device in .1 of milliwatts.
1644
1645 CONFIG_CDP_APPLIANCE_VLAN_TYPE
1646
1647 A byte containing the id of the VLAN.
1648
wdenkc6097192002-11-03 00:24:07 +00001649- Status LED: CONFIG_STATUS_LED
1650
1651 Several configurations allow to display the current
1652 status using a LED. For instance, the LED will blink
1653 fast while running U-Boot code, stop blinking as
1654 soon as a reply to a BOOTP request was received, and
1655 start blinking slow once the Linux kernel is running
1656 (supported by a status LED driver in the Linux
1657 kernel). Defining CONFIG_STATUS_LED enables this
1658 feature in U-Boot.
1659
1660- CAN Support: CONFIG_CAN_DRIVER
1661
1662 Defining CONFIG_CAN_DRIVER enables CAN driver support
1663 on those systems that support this (optional)
1664 feature, like the TQM8xxL modules.
1665
1666- I2C Support: CONFIG_HARD_I2C | CONFIG_SOFT_I2C
1667
wdenkb37c7e52003-06-30 16:24:52 +00001668 These enable I2C serial bus commands. Defining either of
wdenk945af8d2003-07-16 21:53:01 +00001669 (but not both of) CONFIG_HARD_I2C or CONFIG_SOFT_I2C will
Marcel Ziswiler11ccc332008-07-09 08:17:15 +02001670 include the appropriate I2C driver for the selected CPU.
wdenkc6097192002-11-03 00:24:07 +00001671
wdenk945af8d2003-07-16 21:53:01 +00001672 This will allow you to use i2c commands at the u-boot
Jon Loeliger602ad3b2007-06-11 19:03:39 -05001673 command line (as long as you set CONFIG_CMD_I2C in
wdenkb37c7e52003-06-30 16:24:52 +00001674 CONFIG_COMMANDS) and communicate with i2c based realtime
1675 clock chips. See common/cmd_i2c.c for a description of the
wdenk43d96162003-03-06 00:02:04 +00001676 command line interface.
wdenkc6097192002-11-03 00:24:07 +00001677
Ben Warrenbb99ad62006-09-07 16:50:54 -04001678 CONFIG_HARD_I2C selects a hardware I2C controller.
wdenkc6097192002-11-03 00:24:07 +00001679
wdenk945af8d2003-07-16 21:53:01 +00001680 CONFIG_SOFT_I2C configures u-boot to use a software (aka
wdenkb37c7e52003-06-30 16:24:52 +00001681 bit-banging) driver instead of CPM or similar hardware
1682 support for I2C.
wdenkc6097192002-11-03 00:24:07 +00001683
wdenk945af8d2003-07-16 21:53:01 +00001684 There are several other quantities that must also be
wdenkb37c7e52003-06-30 16:24:52 +00001685 defined when you define CONFIG_HARD_I2C or CONFIG_SOFT_I2C.
wdenkc6097192002-11-03 00:24:07 +00001686
Jean-Christophe PLAGNIOL-VILLARD6d0f6bc2008-10-16 15:01:15 +02001687 In both cases you will need to define CONFIG_SYS_I2C_SPEED
wdenk945af8d2003-07-16 21:53:01 +00001688 to be the frequency (in Hz) at which you wish your i2c bus
Jean-Christophe PLAGNIOL-VILLARD6d0f6bc2008-10-16 15:01:15 +02001689 to run and CONFIG_SYS_I2C_SLAVE to be the address of this node (ie
Marcel Ziswiler11ccc332008-07-09 08:17:15 +02001690 the CPU's i2c node address).
wdenk945af8d2003-07-16 21:53:01 +00001691
Peter Tyser8d321b82010-04-12 22:28:21 -05001692 Now, the u-boot i2c code for the mpc8xx
Stefan Roesea47a12b2010-04-15 16:07:28 +02001693 (arch/powerpc/cpu/mpc8xx/i2c.c) sets the CPU up as a master node
Peter Tyser8d321b82010-04-12 22:28:21 -05001694 and so its address should therefore be cleared to 0 (See,
1695 eg, MPC823e User's Manual p.16-473). So, set
1696 CONFIG_SYS_I2C_SLAVE to 0.
wdenkc6097192002-11-03 00:24:07 +00001697
Eric Millbrandt5da71ef2009-09-03 08:09:44 -05001698 CONFIG_SYS_I2C_INIT_MPC5XXX
1699
1700 When a board is reset during an i2c bus transfer
1701 chips might think that the current transfer is still
1702 in progress. Reset the slave devices by sending start
1703 commands until the slave device responds.
1704
wdenk945af8d2003-07-16 21:53:01 +00001705 That's all that's required for CONFIG_HARD_I2C.
wdenkb37c7e52003-06-30 16:24:52 +00001706
1707 If you use the software i2c interface (CONFIG_SOFT_I2C)
1708 then the following macros need to be defined (examples are
1709 from include/configs/lwmon.h):
wdenkc6097192002-11-03 00:24:07 +00001710
1711 I2C_INIT
1712
wdenkb37c7e52003-06-30 16:24:52 +00001713 (Optional). Any commands necessary to enable the I2C
wdenk43d96162003-03-06 00:02:04 +00001714 controller or configure ports.
wdenkc6097192002-11-03 00:24:07 +00001715
wdenkba56f622004-02-06 23:19:44 +00001716 eg: #define I2C_INIT (immr->im_cpm.cp_pbdir |= PB_SCL)
wdenkb37c7e52003-06-30 16:24:52 +00001717
wdenkc6097192002-11-03 00:24:07 +00001718 I2C_PORT
1719
wdenk43d96162003-03-06 00:02:04 +00001720 (Only for MPC8260 CPU). The I/O port to use (the code
1721 assumes both bits are on the same port). Valid values
1722 are 0..3 for ports A..D.
wdenkc6097192002-11-03 00:24:07 +00001723
1724 I2C_ACTIVE
1725
1726 The code necessary to make the I2C data line active
1727 (driven). If the data line is open collector, this
1728 define can be null.
1729
wdenkb37c7e52003-06-30 16:24:52 +00001730 eg: #define I2C_ACTIVE (immr->im_cpm.cp_pbdir |= PB_SDA)
1731
wdenkc6097192002-11-03 00:24:07 +00001732 I2C_TRISTATE
1733
1734 The code necessary to make the I2C data line tri-stated
1735 (inactive). If the data line is open collector, this
1736 define can be null.
1737
wdenkb37c7e52003-06-30 16:24:52 +00001738 eg: #define I2C_TRISTATE (immr->im_cpm.cp_pbdir &= ~PB_SDA)
1739
wdenkc6097192002-11-03 00:24:07 +00001740 I2C_READ
1741
1742 Code that returns TRUE if the I2C data line is high,
1743 FALSE if it is low.
1744
wdenkb37c7e52003-06-30 16:24:52 +00001745 eg: #define I2C_READ ((immr->im_cpm.cp_pbdat & PB_SDA) != 0)
1746
wdenkc6097192002-11-03 00:24:07 +00001747 I2C_SDA(bit)
1748
1749 If <bit> is TRUE, sets the I2C data line high. If it
1750 is FALSE, it clears it (low).
1751
wdenkb37c7e52003-06-30 16:24:52 +00001752 eg: #define I2C_SDA(bit) \
wdenk2535d602003-07-17 23:16:40 +00001753 if(bit) immr->im_cpm.cp_pbdat |= PB_SDA; \
wdenkba56f622004-02-06 23:19:44 +00001754 else immr->im_cpm.cp_pbdat &= ~PB_SDA
wdenkb37c7e52003-06-30 16:24:52 +00001755
wdenkc6097192002-11-03 00:24:07 +00001756 I2C_SCL(bit)
1757
1758 If <bit> is TRUE, sets the I2C clock line high. If it
1759 is FALSE, it clears it (low).
1760
wdenkb37c7e52003-06-30 16:24:52 +00001761 eg: #define I2C_SCL(bit) \
wdenk2535d602003-07-17 23:16:40 +00001762 if(bit) immr->im_cpm.cp_pbdat |= PB_SCL; \
wdenkba56f622004-02-06 23:19:44 +00001763 else immr->im_cpm.cp_pbdat &= ~PB_SCL
wdenkb37c7e52003-06-30 16:24:52 +00001764
wdenkc6097192002-11-03 00:24:07 +00001765 I2C_DELAY
1766
1767 This delay is invoked four times per clock cycle so this
1768 controls the rate of data transfer. The data rate thus
wdenkb37c7e52003-06-30 16:24:52 +00001769 is 1 / (I2C_DELAY * 4). Often defined to be something
wdenk945af8d2003-07-16 21:53:01 +00001770 like:
1771
wdenkb37c7e52003-06-30 16:24:52 +00001772 #define I2C_DELAY udelay(2)
wdenkc6097192002-11-03 00:24:07 +00001773
Mike Frysinger793b5722010-07-21 13:38:02 -04001774 CONFIG_SOFT_I2C_GPIO_SCL / CONFIG_SOFT_I2C_GPIO_SDA
1775
1776 If your arch supports the generic GPIO framework (asm/gpio.h),
1777 then you may alternatively define the two GPIOs that are to be
1778 used as SCL / SDA. Any of the previous I2C_xxx macros will
1779 have GPIO-based defaults assigned to them as appropriate.
1780
1781 You should define these to the GPIO value as given directly to
1782 the generic GPIO functions.
1783
Jean-Christophe PLAGNIOL-VILLARD6d0f6bc2008-10-16 15:01:15 +02001784 CONFIG_SYS_I2C_INIT_BOARD
wdenk47cd00f2003-03-06 13:39:27 +00001785
wdenk8bde7f72003-06-27 21:31:46 +00001786 When a board is reset during an i2c bus transfer
1787 chips might think that the current transfer is still
1788 in progress. On some boards it is possible to access
1789 the i2c SCLK line directly, either by using the
1790 processor pin as a GPIO or by having a second pin
1791 connected to the bus. If this option is defined a
1792 custom i2c_init_board() routine in boards/xxx/board.c
1793 is run early in the boot sequence.
wdenk47cd00f2003-03-06 13:39:27 +00001794
Richard Retanubun26a33502010-04-12 15:08:17 -04001795 CONFIG_SYS_I2C_BOARD_LATE_INIT
1796
1797 An alternative to CONFIG_SYS_I2C_INIT_BOARD. If this option is
1798 defined a custom i2c_board_late_init() routine in
1799 boards/xxx/board.c is run AFTER the operations in i2c_init()
1800 is completed. This callpoint can be used to unreset i2c bus
1801 using CPU i2c controller register accesses for CPUs whose i2c
1802 controller provide such a method. It is called at the end of
1803 i2c_init() to allow i2c_init operations to setup the i2c bus
1804 controller on the CPU (e.g. setting bus speed & slave address).
1805
wdenk17ea1172004-06-06 21:51:03 +00001806 CONFIG_I2CFAST (PPC405GP|PPC405EP only)
1807
1808 This option enables configuration of bi_iic_fast[] flags
1809 in u-boot bd_info structure based on u-boot environment
1810 variable "i2cfast". (see also i2cfast)
1811
Ben Warrenbb99ad62006-09-07 16:50:54 -04001812 CONFIG_I2C_MULTI_BUS
1813
1814 This option allows the use of multiple I2C buses, each of which
Wolfgang Denkc0f40852011-10-26 10:21:21 +00001815 must have a controller. At any point in time, only one bus is
1816 active. To switch to a different bus, use the 'i2c dev' command.
Ben Warrenbb99ad62006-09-07 16:50:54 -04001817 Note that bus numbering is zero-based.
1818
Jean-Christophe PLAGNIOL-VILLARD6d0f6bc2008-10-16 15:01:15 +02001819 CONFIG_SYS_I2C_NOPROBES
Ben Warrenbb99ad62006-09-07 16:50:54 -04001820
1821 This option specifies a list of I2C devices that will be skipped
Wolfgang Denkc0f40852011-10-26 10:21:21 +00001822 when the 'i2c probe' command is issued. If CONFIG_I2C_MULTI_BUS
Peter Tyser0f89c542009-04-18 22:34:03 -05001823 is set, specify a list of bus-device pairs. Otherwise, specify
1824 a 1D array of device addresses
Ben Warrenbb99ad62006-09-07 16:50:54 -04001825
1826 e.g.
1827 #undef CONFIG_I2C_MULTI_BUS
Wolfgang Denkc0f40852011-10-26 10:21:21 +00001828 #define CONFIG_SYS_I2C_NOPROBES {0x50,0x68}
Ben Warrenbb99ad62006-09-07 16:50:54 -04001829
1830 will skip addresses 0x50 and 0x68 on a board with one I2C bus
1831
Wolfgang Denkc0f40852011-10-26 10:21:21 +00001832 #define CONFIG_I2C_MULTI_BUS
Jean-Christophe PLAGNIOL-VILLARD6d0f6bc2008-10-16 15:01:15 +02001833 #define CONFIG_SYS_I2C_MULTI_NOPROBES {{0,0x50},{0,0x68},{1,0x54}}
Ben Warrenbb99ad62006-09-07 16:50:54 -04001834
1835 will skip addresses 0x50 and 0x68 on bus 0 and address 0x54 on bus 1
1836
Jean-Christophe PLAGNIOL-VILLARD6d0f6bc2008-10-16 15:01:15 +02001837 CONFIG_SYS_SPD_BUS_NUM
Timur Tabibe5e6182006-11-03 19:15:00 -06001838
1839 If defined, then this indicates the I2C bus number for DDR SPD.
1840 If not defined, then U-Boot assumes that SPD is on I2C bus 0.
1841
Jean-Christophe PLAGNIOL-VILLARD6d0f6bc2008-10-16 15:01:15 +02001842 CONFIG_SYS_RTC_BUS_NUM
Stefan Roese0dc018e2007-02-20 10:51:26 +01001843
1844 If defined, then this indicates the I2C bus number for the RTC.
1845 If not defined, then U-Boot assumes that RTC is on I2C bus 0.
1846
Jean-Christophe PLAGNIOL-VILLARD6d0f6bc2008-10-16 15:01:15 +02001847 CONFIG_SYS_DTT_BUS_NUM
Stefan Roese0dc018e2007-02-20 10:51:26 +01001848
1849 If defined, then this indicates the I2C bus number for the DTT.
1850 If not defined, then U-Boot assumes that DTT is on I2C bus 0.
1851
Jean-Christophe PLAGNIOL-VILLARD6d0f6bc2008-10-16 15:01:15 +02001852 CONFIG_SYS_I2C_DTT_ADDR:
Victor Gallardo9ebbb542008-09-09 15:13:29 -07001853
1854 If defined, specifies the I2C address of the DTT device.
1855 If not defined, then U-Boot uses predefined value for
1856 specified DTT device.
1857
Timur Tabibe5e6182006-11-03 19:15:00 -06001858 CONFIG_FSL_I2C
1859
1860 Define this option if you want to use Freescale's I2C driver in
Marcel Ziswiler7817cb22007-12-30 03:30:46 +01001861 drivers/i2c/fsl_i2c.c.
Timur Tabibe5e6182006-11-03 19:15:00 -06001862
Heiko Schocher67b23a32008-10-15 09:39:47 +02001863 CONFIG_I2C_MUX
1864
1865 Define this option if you have I2C devices reached over 1 .. n
1866 I2C Muxes like the pca9544a. This option addes a new I2C
1867 Command "i2c bus [muxtype:muxaddr:muxchannel]" which adds a
1868 new I2C Bus to the existing I2C Busses. If you select the
1869 new Bus with "i2c dev", u-bbot sends first the commandos for
1870 the muxes to activate this new "bus".
1871
1872 CONFIG_I2C_MULTI_BUS must be also defined, to use this
1873 feature!
1874
1875 Example:
1876 Adding a new I2C Bus reached over 2 pca9544a muxes
1877 The First mux with address 70 and channel 6
1878 The Second mux with address 71 and channel 4
1879
1880 => i2c bus pca9544a:70:6:pca9544a:71:4
1881
1882 Use the "i2c bus" command without parameter, to get a list
1883 of I2C Busses with muxes:
1884
1885 => i2c bus
1886 Busses reached over muxes:
1887 Bus ID: 2
1888 reached over Mux(es):
1889 pca9544a@70 ch: 4
1890 Bus ID: 3
1891 reached over Mux(es):
1892 pca9544a@70 ch: 6
1893 pca9544a@71 ch: 4
1894 =>
1895
1896 If you now switch to the new I2C Bus 3 with "i2c dev 3"
Michael Jonesf9a78b82011-07-14 22:09:28 +00001897 u-boot first sends the command to the mux@70 to enable
1898 channel 6, and then the command to the mux@71 to enable
Heiko Schocher67b23a32008-10-15 09:39:47 +02001899 the channel 4.
1900
1901 After that, you can use the "normal" i2c commands as
Michael Jonesf9a78b82011-07-14 22:09:28 +00001902 usual to communicate with your I2C devices behind
Heiko Schocher67b23a32008-10-15 09:39:47 +02001903 the 2 muxes.
1904
1905 This option is actually implemented for the bitbanging
1906 algorithm in common/soft_i2c.c and for the Hardware I2C
1907 Bus on the MPC8260. But it should be not so difficult
1908 to add this option to other architectures.
1909
Andrew Dyer2ac69852008-12-29 17:36:01 -06001910 CONFIG_SOFT_I2C_READ_REPEATED_START
1911
1912 defining this will force the i2c_read() function in
1913 the soft_i2c driver to perform an I2C repeated start
1914 between writing the address pointer and reading the
1915 data. If this define is omitted the default behaviour
1916 of doing a stop-start sequence will be used. Most I2C
1917 devices can use either method, but some require one or
1918 the other.
Timur Tabibe5e6182006-11-03 19:15:00 -06001919
wdenkc6097192002-11-03 00:24:07 +00001920- SPI Support: CONFIG_SPI
1921
1922 Enables SPI driver (so far only tested with
1923 SPI EEPROM, also an instance works with Crystal A/D and
1924 D/As on the SACSng board)
1925
Yoshihiro Shimoda66395622011-01-31 16:50:43 +09001926 CONFIG_SH_SPI
1927
1928 Enables the driver for SPI controller on SuperH. Currently
1929 only SH7757 is supported.
1930
wdenkc6097192002-11-03 00:24:07 +00001931 CONFIG_SPI_X
1932
1933 Enables extended (16-bit) SPI EEPROM addressing.
1934 (symmetrical to CONFIG_I2C_X)
1935
1936 CONFIG_SOFT_SPI
1937
wdenk43d96162003-03-06 00:02:04 +00001938 Enables a software (bit-bang) SPI driver rather than
1939 using hardware support. This is a general purpose
1940 driver that only requires three general I/O port pins
1941 (two outputs, one input) to function. If this is
1942 defined, the board configuration must define several
1943 SPI configuration items (port pins to use, etc). For
1944 an example, see include/configs/sacsng.h.
wdenkc6097192002-11-03 00:24:07 +00001945
Ben Warren04a9e112008-01-16 22:37:35 -05001946 CONFIG_HARD_SPI
1947
1948 Enables a hardware SPI driver for general-purpose reads
1949 and writes. As with CONFIG_SOFT_SPI, the board configuration
1950 must define a list of chip-select function pointers.
Wolfgang Denkc0f40852011-10-26 10:21:21 +00001951 Currently supported on some MPC8xxx processors. For an
Ben Warren04a9e112008-01-16 22:37:35 -05001952 example, see include/configs/mpc8349emds.h.
1953
Guennadi Liakhovetski38254f42008-04-15 14:14:25 +02001954 CONFIG_MXC_SPI
1955
1956 Enables the driver for the SPI controllers on i.MX and MXC
Fabio Estevam2e3cd1c2011-10-28 08:57:46 +00001957 SoCs. Currently i.MX31/35/51 are supported.
Guennadi Liakhovetski38254f42008-04-15 14:14:25 +02001958
Matthias Fuchs01335022007-12-27 17:12:34 +01001959- FPGA Support: CONFIG_FPGA
1960
1961 Enables FPGA subsystem.
1962
1963 CONFIG_FPGA_<vendor>
1964
1965 Enables support for specific chip vendors.
1966 (ALTERA, XILINX)
1967
1968 CONFIG_FPGA_<family>
1969
1970 Enables support for FPGA family.
1971 (SPARTAN2, SPARTAN3, VIRTEX2, CYCLONE2, ACEX1K, ACEX)
1972
1973 CONFIG_FPGA_COUNT
wdenkc6097192002-11-03 00:24:07 +00001974
wdenk43d96162003-03-06 00:02:04 +00001975 Specify the number of FPGA devices to support.
wdenkc6097192002-11-03 00:24:07 +00001976
Jean-Christophe PLAGNIOL-VILLARD6d0f6bc2008-10-16 15:01:15 +02001977 CONFIG_SYS_FPGA_PROG_FEEDBACK
wdenkc6097192002-11-03 00:24:07 +00001978
wdenk8bde7f72003-06-27 21:31:46 +00001979 Enable printing of hash marks during FPGA configuration.
wdenkc6097192002-11-03 00:24:07 +00001980
Jean-Christophe PLAGNIOL-VILLARD6d0f6bc2008-10-16 15:01:15 +02001981 CONFIG_SYS_FPGA_CHECK_BUSY
wdenkc6097192002-11-03 00:24:07 +00001982
wdenk43d96162003-03-06 00:02:04 +00001983 Enable checks on FPGA configuration interface busy
1984 status by the configuration function. This option
1985 will require a board or device specific function to
1986 be written.
wdenkc6097192002-11-03 00:24:07 +00001987
1988 CONFIG_FPGA_DELAY
1989
1990 If defined, a function that provides delays in the FPGA
1991 configuration driver.
1992
Jean-Christophe PLAGNIOL-VILLARD6d0f6bc2008-10-16 15:01:15 +02001993 CONFIG_SYS_FPGA_CHECK_CTRLC
wdenkc6097192002-11-03 00:24:07 +00001994 Allow Control-C to interrupt FPGA configuration
1995
Jean-Christophe PLAGNIOL-VILLARD6d0f6bc2008-10-16 15:01:15 +02001996 CONFIG_SYS_FPGA_CHECK_ERROR
wdenkc6097192002-11-03 00:24:07 +00001997
wdenk43d96162003-03-06 00:02:04 +00001998 Check for configuration errors during FPGA bitfile
1999 loading. For example, abort during Virtex II
2000 configuration if the INIT_B line goes low (which
2001 indicated a CRC error).
wdenkc6097192002-11-03 00:24:07 +00002002
Jean-Christophe PLAGNIOL-VILLARD6d0f6bc2008-10-16 15:01:15 +02002003 CONFIG_SYS_FPGA_WAIT_INIT
wdenkc6097192002-11-03 00:24:07 +00002004
wdenk43d96162003-03-06 00:02:04 +00002005 Maximum time to wait for the INIT_B line to deassert
2006 after PROB_B has been deasserted during a Virtex II
2007 FPGA configuration sequence. The default time is 500
Marcel Ziswiler11ccc332008-07-09 08:17:15 +02002008 ms.
wdenkc6097192002-11-03 00:24:07 +00002009
Jean-Christophe PLAGNIOL-VILLARD6d0f6bc2008-10-16 15:01:15 +02002010 CONFIG_SYS_FPGA_WAIT_BUSY
wdenkc6097192002-11-03 00:24:07 +00002011
wdenk43d96162003-03-06 00:02:04 +00002012 Maximum time to wait for BUSY to deassert during
Marcel Ziswiler11ccc332008-07-09 08:17:15 +02002013 Virtex II FPGA configuration. The default is 5 ms.
wdenkc6097192002-11-03 00:24:07 +00002014
Jean-Christophe PLAGNIOL-VILLARD6d0f6bc2008-10-16 15:01:15 +02002015 CONFIG_SYS_FPGA_WAIT_CONFIG
wdenkc6097192002-11-03 00:24:07 +00002016
wdenk43d96162003-03-06 00:02:04 +00002017 Time to wait after FPGA configuration. The default is
Marcel Ziswiler11ccc332008-07-09 08:17:15 +02002018 200 ms.
wdenkc6097192002-11-03 00:24:07 +00002019
2020- Configuration Management:
2021 CONFIG_IDENT_STRING
2022
wdenk43d96162003-03-06 00:02:04 +00002023 If defined, this string will be added to the U-Boot
2024 version information (U_BOOT_VERSION)
wdenkc6097192002-11-03 00:24:07 +00002025
2026- Vendor Parameter Protection:
2027
wdenk43d96162003-03-06 00:02:04 +00002028 U-Boot considers the values of the environment
2029 variables "serial#" (Board Serial Number) and
wdenk7152b1d2003-09-05 23:19:14 +00002030 "ethaddr" (Ethernet Address) to be parameters that
wdenk43d96162003-03-06 00:02:04 +00002031 are set once by the board vendor / manufacturer, and
2032 protects these variables from casual modification by
2033 the user. Once set, these variables are read-only,
2034 and write or delete attempts are rejected. You can
Marcel Ziswiler11ccc332008-07-09 08:17:15 +02002035 change this behaviour:
wdenkc6097192002-11-03 00:24:07 +00002036
2037 If CONFIG_ENV_OVERWRITE is #defined in your config
2038 file, the write protection for vendor parameters is
wdenk47cd00f2003-03-06 13:39:27 +00002039 completely disabled. Anybody can change or delete
wdenkc6097192002-11-03 00:24:07 +00002040 these parameters.
2041
2042 Alternatively, if you #define _both_ CONFIG_ETHADDR
2043 _and_ CONFIG_OVERWRITE_ETHADDR_ONCE, a default
Marcel Ziswiler11ccc332008-07-09 08:17:15 +02002044 Ethernet address is installed in the environment,
wdenkc6097192002-11-03 00:24:07 +00002045 which can be changed exactly ONCE by the user. [The
2046 serial# is unaffected by this, i. e. it remains
2047 read-only.]
2048
2049- Protected RAM:
2050 CONFIG_PRAM
2051
2052 Define this variable to enable the reservation of
2053 "protected RAM", i. e. RAM which is not overwritten
2054 by U-Boot. Define CONFIG_PRAM to hold the number of
2055 kB you want to reserve for pRAM. You can overwrite
2056 this default value by defining an environment
2057 variable "pram" to the number of kB you want to
2058 reserve. Note that the board info structure will
2059 still show the full amount of RAM. If pRAM is
2060 reserved, a new environment variable "mem" will
2061 automatically be defined to hold the amount of
2062 remaining RAM in a form that can be passed as boot
2063 argument to Linux, for instance like that:
2064
Wolfgang Denkfe126d82005-11-20 21:40:11 +01002065 setenv bootargs ... mem=\${mem}
wdenkc6097192002-11-03 00:24:07 +00002066 saveenv
2067
2068 This way you can tell Linux not to use this memory,
2069 either, which results in a memory region that will
2070 not be affected by reboots.
2071
2072 *WARNING* If your board configuration uses automatic
2073 detection of the RAM size, you must make sure that
2074 this memory test is non-destructive. So far, the
2075 following board configurations are known to be
2076 "pRAM-clean":
2077
2078 ETX094, IVMS8, IVML24, SPD8xx, TQM8xxL,
2079 HERMES, IP860, RPXlite, LWMON, LANTEC,
Wolfgang Denk544d97e2010-10-05 22:54:53 +02002080 FLAGADM, TQM8260
wdenkc6097192002-11-03 00:24:07 +00002081
2082- Error Recovery:
2083 CONFIG_PANIC_HANG
2084
2085 Define this variable to stop the system in case of a
2086 fatal error, so that you have to reset it manually.
2087 This is probably NOT a good idea for an embedded
Marcel Ziswiler11ccc332008-07-09 08:17:15 +02002088 system where you want the system to reboot
wdenkc6097192002-11-03 00:24:07 +00002089 automatically as fast as possible, but it may be
2090 useful during development since you can try to debug
2091 the conditions that lead to the situation.
2092
2093 CONFIG_NET_RETRY_COUNT
2094
wdenk43d96162003-03-06 00:02:04 +00002095 This variable defines the number of retries for
2096 network operations like ARP, RARP, TFTP, or BOOTP
2097 before giving up the operation. If not defined, a
2098 default value of 5 is used.
wdenkc6097192002-11-03 00:24:07 +00002099
Guennadi Liakhovetski40cb90e2008-04-03 17:04:19 +02002100 CONFIG_ARP_TIMEOUT
2101
2102 Timeout waiting for an ARP reply in milliseconds.
2103
wdenkc6097192002-11-03 00:24:07 +00002104- Command Interpreter:
Wolfgang Denk8078f1a2006-10-28 02:28:02 +02002105 CONFIG_AUTO_COMPLETE
wdenk04a85b32004-04-15 18:22:41 +00002106
2107 Enable auto completion of commands using TAB.
2108
Wolfgang Denka9398e02006-11-27 15:32:42 +01002109 Note that this feature has NOT been implemented yet
2110 for the "hush" shell.
Wolfgang Denk8078f1a2006-10-28 02:28:02 +02002111
2112
Jean-Christophe PLAGNIOL-VILLARD6d0f6bc2008-10-16 15:01:15 +02002113 CONFIG_SYS_HUSH_PARSER
wdenkc6097192002-11-03 00:24:07 +00002114
2115 Define this variable to enable the "hush" shell (from
2116 Busybox) as command line interpreter, thus enabling
2117 powerful command line syntax like
2118 if...then...else...fi conditionals or `&&' and '||'
2119 constructs ("shell scripts").
2120
2121 If undefined, you get the old, much simpler behaviour
2122 with a somewhat smaller memory footprint.
2123
2124
Jean-Christophe PLAGNIOL-VILLARD6d0f6bc2008-10-16 15:01:15 +02002125 CONFIG_SYS_PROMPT_HUSH_PS2
wdenkc6097192002-11-03 00:24:07 +00002126
2127 This defines the secondary prompt string, which is
2128 printed when the command interpreter needs more input
2129 to complete a command. Usually "> ".
2130
2131 Note:
2132
wdenk8bde7f72003-06-27 21:31:46 +00002133 In the current implementation, the local variables
2134 space and global environment variables space are
2135 separated. Local variables are those you define by
2136 simply typing `name=value'. To access a local
2137 variable later on, you have write `$name' or
2138 `${name}'; to execute the contents of a variable
2139 directly type `$name' at the command prompt.
wdenkc6097192002-11-03 00:24:07 +00002140
wdenk43d96162003-03-06 00:02:04 +00002141 Global environment variables are those you use
2142 setenv/printenv to work with. To run a command stored
2143 in such a variable, you need to use the run command,
2144 and you must not use the '$' sign to access them.
wdenkc6097192002-11-03 00:24:07 +00002145
2146 To store commands and special characters in a
2147 variable, please use double quotation marks
2148 surrounding the whole text of the variable, instead
2149 of the backslashes before semicolons and special
2150 symbols.
2151
Wolfgang Denkaa0c71a2006-07-21 11:35:21 +02002152- Commandline Editing and History:
2153 CONFIG_CMDLINE_EDITING
2154
Marcel Ziswiler11ccc332008-07-09 08:17:15 +02002155 Enable editing and History functions for interactive
Wolfgang Denkb9365a22006-07-21 11:56:05 +02002156 commandline input operations
Wolfgang Denkaa0c71a2006-07-21 11:35:21 +02002157
wdenka8c7c702003-12-06 19:49:23 +00002158- Default Environment:
wdenkc6097192002-11-03 00:24:07 +00002159 CONFIG_EXTRA_ENV_SETTINGS
2160
wdenk43d96162003-03-06 00:02:04 +00002161 Define this to contain any number of null terminated
2162 strings (variable = value pairs) that will be part of
wdenk7152b1d2003-09-05 23:19:14 +00002163 the default environment compiled into the boot image.
wdenk2262cfe2002-11-18 00:14:45 +00002164
wdenk43d96162003-03-06 00:02:04 +00002165 For example, place something like this in your
2166 board's config file:
wdenkc6097192002-11-03 00:24:07 +00002167
2168 #define CONFIG_EXTRA_ENV_SETTINGS \
2169 "myvar1=value1\0" \
2170 "myvar2=value2\0"
2171
wdenk43d96162003-03-06 00:02:04 +00002172 Warning: This method is based on knowledge about the
2173 internal format how the environment is stored by the
2174 U-Boot code. This is NOT an official, exported
2175 interface! Although it is unlikely that this format
wdenk7152b1d2003-09-05 23:19:14 +00002176 will change soon, there is no guarantee either.
wdenkc6097192002-11-03 00:24:07 +00002177 You better know what you are doing here.
2178
wdenk43d96162003-03-06 00:02:04 +00002179 Note: overly (ab)use of the default environment is
2180 discouraged. Make sure to check other ways to preset
Wolfgang Denk74de7ae2009-04-01 23:34:12 +02002181 the environment like the "source" command or the
wdenk43d96162003-03-06 00:02:04 +00002182 boot command first.
wdenkc6097192002-11-03 00:24:07 +00002183
wdenka8c7c702003-12-06 19:49:23 +00002184- DataFlash Support:
wdenk2abbe072003-06-16 23:50:08 +00002185 CONFIG_HAS_DATAFLASH
2186
wdenk8bde7f72003-06-27 21:31:46 +00002187 Defining this option enables DataFlash features and
2188 allows to read/write in Dataflash via the standard
2189 commands cp, md...
wdenk2abbe072003-06-16 23:50:08 +00002190
Eric Nelsonf61ec452012-01-31 10:52:08 -07002191- Serial Flash support
2192 CONFIG_CMD_SF
2193
2194 Defining this option enables SPI flash commands
2195 'sf probe/read/write/erase/update'.
2196
2197 Usage requires an initial 'probe' to define the serial
2198 flash parameters, followed by read/write/erase/update
2199 commands.
2200
2201 The following defaults may be provided by the platform
2202 to handle the common case when only a single serial
2203 flash is present on the system.
2204
2205 CONFIG_SF_DEFAULT_BUS Bus identifier
2206 CONFIG_SF_DEFAULT_CS Chip-select
2207 CONFIG_SF_DEFAULT_MODE (see include/spi.h)
2208 CONFIG_SF_DEFAULT_SPEED in Hz
2209
wdenk3f85ce22004-02-23 16:11:30 +00002210- SystemACE Support:
2211 CONFIG_SYSTEMACE
2212
2213 Adding this option adds support for Xilinx SystemACE
2214 chips attached via some sort of local bus. The address
Marcel Ziswiler11ccc332008-07-09 08:17:15 +02002215 of the chip must also be defined in the
Jean-Christophe PLAGNIOL-VILLARD6d0f6bc2008-10-16 15:01:15 +02002216 CONFIG_SYS_SYSTEMACE_BASE macro. For example:
wdenk3f85ce22004-02-23 16:11:30 +00002217
2218 #define CONFIG_SYSTEMACE
Jean-Christophe PLAGNIOL-VILLARD6d0f6bc2008-10-16 15:01:15 +02002219 #define CONFIG_SYS_SYSTEMACE_BASE 0xf0000000
wdenk3f85ce22004-02-23 16:11:30 +00002220
2221 When SystemACE support is added, the "ace" device type
2222 becomes available to the fat commands, i.e. fatls.
2223
Wolfgang Denkecb0ccd2005-09-24 22:37:32 +02002224- TFTP Fixed UDP Port:
2225 CONFIG_TFTP_PORT
2226
Wolfgang Denk28cb9372005-09-24 23:25:46 +02002227 If this is defined, the environment variable tftpsrcp
Wolfgang Denkecb0ccd2005-09-24 22:37:32 +02002228 is used to supply the TFTP UDP source port value.
Wolfgang Denk28cb9372005-09-24 23:25:46 +02002229 If tftpsrcp isn't defined, the normal pseudo-random port
Wolfgang Denkecb0ccd2005-09-24 22:37:32 +02002230 number generator is used.
2231
Wolfgang Denk28cb9372005-09-24 23:25:46 +02002232 Also, the environment variable tftpdstp is used to supply
2233 the TFTP UDP destination port value. If tftpdstp isn't
2234 defined, the normal port 69 is used.
2235
2236 The purpose for tftpsrcp is to allow a TFTP server to
Wolfgang Denkecb0ccd2005-09-24 22:37:32 +02002237 blindly start the TFTP transfer using the pre-configured
2238 target IP address and UDP port. This has the effect of
2239 "punching through" the (Windows XP) firewall, allowing
2240 the remainder of the TFTP transfer to proceed normally.
2241 A better solution is to properly configure the firewall,
2242 but sometimes that is not allowed.
2243
wdenka8c7c702003-12-06 19:49:23 +00002244- Show boot progress:
wdenkc6097192002-11-03 00:24:07 +00002245 CONFIG_SHOW_BOOT_PROGRESS
2246
wdenk43d96162003-03-06 00:02:04 +00002247 Defining this option allows to add some board-
2248 specific code (calling a user-provided function
2249 "show_boot_progress(int)") that enables you to show
2250 the system's boot progress on some display (for
2251 example, some LED's) on your board. At the moment,
2252 the following checkpoints are implemented:
wdenkc6097192002-11-03 00:24:07 +00002253
Simon Glass3a608ca2012-02-13 13:51:19 +00002254- Detailed boot stage timing
2255 CONFIG_BOOTSTAGE
2256 Define this option to get detailed timing of each stage
2257 of the boot process.
2258
2259 CONFIG_BOOTSTAGE_USER_COUNT
2260 This is the number of available user bootstage records.
2261 Each time you call bootstage_mark(BOOTSTAGE_ID_ALLOC, ...)
2262 a new ID will be allocated from this stash. If you exceed
2263 the limit, recording will stop.
2264
2265 CONFIG_BOOTSTAGE_REPORT
2266 Define this to print a report before boot, similar to this:
2267
2268 Timer summary in microseconds:
2269 Mark Elapsed Stage
2270 0 0 reset
2271 3,575,678 3,575,678 board_init_f start
2272 3,575,695 17 arch_cpu_init A9
2273 3,575,777 82 arch_cpu_init done
2274 3,659,598 83,821 board_init_r start
2275 3,910,375 250,777 main_loop
2276 29,916,167 26,005,792 bootm_start
2277 30,361,327 445,160 start_kernel
2278
Marian Balakowicz1372cce2008-03-12 10:33:01 +01002279Legacy uImage format:
2280
wdenkc6097192002-11-03 00:24:07 +00002281 Arg Where When
2282 1 common/cmd_bootm.c before attempting to boot an image
wdenkba56f622004-02-06 23:19:44 +00002283 -1 common/cmd_bootm.c Image header has bad magic number
wdenkc6097192002-11-03 00:24:07 +00002284 2 common/cmd_bootm.c Image header has correct magic number
wdenkba56f622004-02-06 23:19:44 +00002285 -2 common/cmd_bootm.c Image header has bad checksum
wdenkc6097192002-11-03 00:24:07 +00002286 3 common/cmd_bootm.c Image header has correct checksum
wdenkba56f622004-02-06 23:19:44 +00002287 -3 common/cmd_bootm.c Image data has bad checksum
wdenkc6097192002-11-03 00:24:07 +00002288 4 common/cmd_bootm.c Image data has correct checksum
2289 -4 common/cmd_bootm.c Image is for unsupported architecture
2290 5 common/cmd_bootm.c Architecture check OK
Marian Balakowicz1372cce2008-03-12 10:33:01 +01002291 -5 common/cmd_bootm.c Wrong Image Type (not kernel, multi)
wdenkc6097192002-11-03 00:24:07 +00002292 6 common/cmd_bootm.c Image Type check OK
2293 -6 common/cmd_bootm.c gunzip uncompression error
2294 -7 common/cmd_bootm.c Unimplemented compression type
2295 7 common/cmd_bootm.c Uncompression OK
Marian Balakowicz1372cce2008-03-12 10:33:01 +01002296 8 common/cmd_bootm.c No uncompress/copy overwrite error
wdenkc6097192002-11-03 00:24:07 +00002297 -9 common/cmd_bootm.c Unsupported OS (not Linux, BSD, VxWorks, QNX)
Marian Balakowicz1372cce2008-03-12 10:33:01 +01002298
2299 9 common/image.c Start initial ramdisk verification
2300 -10 common/image.c Ramdisk header has bad magic number
2301 -11 common/image.c Ramdisk header has bad checksum
2302 10 common/image.c Ramdisk header is OK
2303 -12 common/image.c Ramdisk data has bad checksum
2304 11 common/image.c Ramdisk data has correct checksum
2305 12 common/image.c Ramdisk verification complete, start loading
Marcel Ziswiler11ccc332008-07-09 08:17:15 +02002306 -13 common/image.c Wrong Image Type (not PPC Linux ramdisk)
Marian Balakowicz1372cce2008-03-12 10:33:01 +01002307 13 common/image.c Start multifile image verification
2308 14 common/image.c No initial ramdisk, no multifile, continue.
2309
Wolfgang Denkc0f40852011-10-26 10:21:21 +00002310 15 arch/<arch>/lib/bootm.c All preparation done, transferring control to OS
wdenkc6097192002-11-03 00:24:07 +00002311
Stefan Roesea47a12b2010-04-15 16:07:28 +02002312 -30 arch/powerpc/lib/board.c Fatal error, hang the system
wdenk11dadd52004-02-27 00:07:27 +00002313 -31 post/post.c POST test failed, detected by post_output_backlog()
2314 -32 post/post.c POST test failed, detected by post_run_single()
wdenk63e73c92004-02-23 22:22:28 +00002315
Heiko Schocher566a4942007-06-22 19:11:54 +02002316 34 common/cmd_doc.c before loading a Image from a DOC device
2317 -35 common/cmd_doc.c Bad usage of "doc" command
2318 35 common/cmd_doc.c correct usage of "doc" command
2319 -36 common/cmd_doc.c No boot device
2320 36 common/cmd_doc.c correct boot device
2321 -37 common/cmd_doc.c Unknown Chip ID on boot device
2322 37 common/cmd_doc.c correct chip ID found, device available
2323 -38 common/cmd_doc.c Read Error on boot device
2324 38 common/cmd_doc.c reading Image header from DOC device OK
2325 -39 common/cmd_doc.c Image header has bad magic number
2326 39 common/cmd_doc.c Image header has correct magic number
2327 -40 common/cmd_doc.c Error reading Image from DOC device
2328 40 common/cmd_doc.c Image header has correct magic number
2329 41 common/cmd_ide.c before loading a Image from a IDE device
2330 -42 common/cmd_ide.c Bad usage of "ide" command
2331 42 common/cmd_ide.c correct usage of "ide" command
2332 -43 common/cmd_ide.c No boot device
2333 43 common/cmd_ide.c boot device found
2334 -44 common/cmd_ide.c Device not available
2335 44 common/cmd_ide.c Device available
2336 -45 common/cmd_ide.c wrong partition selected
2337 45 common/cmd_ide.c partition selected
2338 -46 common/cmd_ide.c Unknown partition table
2339 46 common/cmd_ide.c valid partition table found
2340 -47 common/cmd_ide.c Invalid partition type
2341 47 common/cmd_ide.c correct partition type
2342 -48 common/cmd_ide.c Error reading Image Header on boot device
2343 48 common/cmd_ide.c reading Image Header from IDE device OK
2344 -49 common/cmd_ide.c Image header has bad magic number
2345 49 common/cmd_ide.c Image header has correct magic number
2346 -50 common/cmd_ide.c Image header has bad checksum
2347 50 common/cmd_ide.c Image header has correct checksum
2348 -51 common/cmd_ide.c Error reading Image from IDE device
2349 51 common/cmd_ide.c reading Image from IDE device OK
2350 52 common/cmd_nand.c before loading a Image from a NAND device
2351 -53 common/cmd_nand.c Bad usage of "nand" command
2352 53 common/cmd_nand.c correct usage of "nand" command
2353 -54 common/cmd_nand.c No boot device
2354 54 common/cmd_nand.c boot device found
2355 -55 common/cmd_nand.c Unknown Chip ID on boot device
2356 55 common/cmd_nand.c correct chip ID found, device available
2357 -56 common/cmd_nand.c Error reading Image Header on boot device
2358 56 common/cmd_nand.c reading Image Header from NAND device OK
2359 -57 common/cmd_nand.c Image header has bad magic number
2360 57 common/cmd_nand.c Image header has correct magic number
2361 -58 common/cmd_nand.c Error reading Image from NAND device
2362 58 common/cmd_nand.c reading Image from NAND device OK
wdenkc6097192002-11-03 00:24:07 +00002363
Heiko Schocher566a4942007-06-22 19:11:54 +02002364 -60 common/env_common.c Environment has a bad CRC, using default
wdenkc6097192002-11-03 00:24:07 +00002365
Marcel Ziswiler11ccc332008-07-09 08:17:15 +02002366 64 net/eth.c starting with Ethernet configuration.
Heiko Schocher566a4942007-06-22 19:11:54 +02002367 -64 net/eth.c no Ethernet found.
2368 65 net/eth.c Ethernet found.
wdenk206c60c2003-09-18 10:02:25 +00002369
Heiko Schocher566a4942007-06-22 19:11:54 +02002370 -80 common/cmd_net.c usage wrong
2371 80 common/cmd_net.c before calling NetLoop()
Marcel Ziswiler11ccc332008-07-09 08:17:15 +02002372 -81 common/cmd_net.c some error in NetLoop() occurred
Heiko Schocher566a4942007-06-22 19:11:54 +02002373 81 common/cmd_net.c NetLoop() back without error
2374 -82 common/cmd_net.c size == 0 (File with size 0 loaded)
2375 82 common/cmd_net.c trying automatic boot
Wolfgang Denk74de7ae2009-04-01 23:34:12 +02002376 83 common/cmd_net.c running "source" command
2377 -83 common/cmd_net.c some error in automatic boot or "source" command
Heiko Schocher566a4942007-06-22 19:11:54 +02002378 84 common/cmd_net.c end without errors
wdenkc6097192002-11-03 00:24:07 +00002379
Marian Balakowicz1372cce2008-03-12 10:33:01 +01002380FIT uImage format:
2381
2382 Arg Where When
2383 100 common/cmd_bootm.c Kernel FIT Image has correct format
2384 -100 common/cmd_bootm.c Kernel FIT Image has incorrect format
2385 101 common/cmd_bootm.c No Kernel subimage unit name, using configuration
2386 -101 common/cmd_bootm.c Can't get configuration for kernel subimage
2387 102 common/cmd_bootm.c Kernel unit name specified
2388 -103 common/cmd_bootm.c Can't get kernel subimage node offset
Marian Balakowiczf773bea2008-03-12 10:35:46 +01002389 103 common/cmd_bootm.c Found configuration node
Marian Balakowicz1372cce2008-03-12 10:33:01 +01002390 104 common/cmd_bootm.c Got kernel subimage node offset
2391 -104 common/cmd_bootm.c Kernel subimage hash verification failed
2392 105 common/cmd_bootm.c Kernel subimage hash verification OK
2393 -105 common/cmd_bootm.c Kernel subimage is for unsupported architecture
2394 106 common/cmd_bootm.c Architecture check OK
Marcel Ziswiler11ccc332008-07-09 08:17:15 +02002395 -106 common/cmd_bootm.c Kernel subimage has wrong type
2396 107 common/cmd_bootm.c Kernel subimage type OK
Marian Balakowicz1372cce2008-03-12 10:33:01 +01002397 -107 common/cmd_bootm.c Can't get kernel subimage data/size
2398 108 common/cmd_bootm.c Got kernel subimage data/size
2399 -108 common/cmd_bootm.c Wrong image type (not legacy, FIT)
2400 -109 common/cmd_bootm.c Can't get kernel subimage type
2401 -110 common/cmd_bootm.c Can't get kernel subimage comp
2402 -111 common/cmd_bootm.c Can't get kernel subimage os
2403 -112 common/cmd_bootm.c Can't get kernel subimage load address
2404 -113 common/cmd_bootm.c Image uncompress/copy overwrite error
2405
2406 120 common/image.c Start initial ramdisk verification
2407 -120 common/image.c Ramdisk FIT image has incorrect format
2408 121 common/image.c Ramdisk FIT image has correct format
Marcel Ziswiler11ccc332008-07-09 08:17:15 +02002409 122 common/image.c No ramdisk subimage unit name, using configuration
Marian Balakowicz1372cce2008-03-12 10:33:01 +01002410 -122 common/image.c Can't get configuration for ramdisk subimage
2411 123 common/image.c Ramdisk unit name specified
2412 -124 common/image.c Can't get ramdisk subimage node offset
2413 125 common/image.c Got ramdisk subimage node offset
2414 -125 common/image.c Ramdisk subimage hash verification failed
2415 126 common/image.c Ramdisk subimage hash verification OK
2416 -126 common/image.c Ramdisk subimage for unsupported architecture
2417 127 common/image.c Architecture check OK
2418 -127 common/image.c Can't get ramdisk subimage data/size
2419 128 common/image.c Got ramdisk subimage data/size
2420 129 common/image.c Can't get ramdisk load address
2421 -129 common/image.c Got ramdisk load address
2422
Marcel Ziswiler11ccc332008-07-09 08:17:15 +02002423 -130 common/cmd_doc.c Incorrect FIT image format
Marian Balakowicz1372cce2008-03-12 10:33:01 +01002424 131 common/cmd_doc.c FIT image format OK
2425
Marcel Ziswiler11ccc332008-07-09 08:17:15 +02002426 -140 common/cmd_ide.c Incorrect FIT image format
Marian Balakowicz1372cce2008-03-12 10:33:01 +01002427 141 common/cmd_ide.c FIT image format OK
2428
Marcel Ziswiler11ccc332008-07-09 08:17:15 +02002429 -150 common/cmd_nand.c Incorrect FIT image format
Marian Balakowicz1372cce2008-03-12 10:33:01 +01002430 151 common/cmd_nand.c FIT image format OK
2431
Wolfgang Denk4cf26092011-10-07 09:58:21 +02002432- Standalone program support:
2433 CONFIG_STANDALONE_LOAD_ADDR
2434
Wolfgang Denk6feff892011-10-09 21:06:34 +02002435 This option defines a board specific value for the
2436 address where standalone program gets loaded, thus
2437 overwriting the architecture dependent default
Wolfgang Denk4cf26092011-10-07 09:58:21 +02002438 settings.
2439
2440- Frame Buffer Address:
2441 CONFIG_FB_ADDR
2442
2443 Define CONFIG_FB_ADDR if you want to use specific
2444 address for frame buffer.
2445 Then system will reserve the frame buffer address to
2446 defined address instead of lcd_setmem (this function
Wolfgang Denk6feff892011-10-09 21:06:34 +02002447 grabs the memory for frame buffer by panel's size).
Wolfgang Denk4cf26092011-10-07 09:58:21 +02002448
2449 Please see board_init_f function.
2450
Detlev Zundelcccfc2a2009-12-01 17:16:19 +01002451- Automatic software updates via TFTP server
2452 CONFIG_UPDATE_TFTP
2453 CONFIG_UPDATE_TFTP_CNT_MAX
2454 CONFIG_UPDATE_TFTP_MSEC_MAX
2455
2456 These options enable and control the auto-update feature;
2457 for a more detailed description refer to doc/README.update.
2458
2459- MTD Support (mtdparts command, UBI support)
2460 CONFIG_MTD_DEVICE
2461
2462 Adds the MTD device infrastructure from the Linux kernel.
2463 Needed for mtdparts command support.
2464
2465 CONFIG_MTD_PARTITIONS
2466
2467 Adds the MTD partitioning infrastructure from the Linux
2468 kernel. Needed for UBI support.
2469
Daniel Schwierzeck6a11cf42011-07-18 07:48:07 +00002470- SPL framework
Wolfgang Denk04e5ae72011-09-11 21:24:09 +02002471 CONFIG_SPL
2472 Enable building of SPL globally.
Daniel Schwierzeck6a11cf42011-07-18 07:48:07 +00002473
Tom Rini95579792012-02-14 07:29:40 +00002474 CONFIG_SPL_LDSCRIPT
2475 LDSCRIPT for linking the SPL binary.
2476
2477 CONFIG_SPL_MAX_SIZE
2478 Maximum binary size (text, data and rodata) of the SPL binary.
2479
Wolfgang Denk04e5ae72011-09-11 21:24:09 +02002480 CONFIG_SPL_TEXT_BASE
2481 TEXT_BASE for linking the SPL binary.
Daniel Schwierzeck6a11cf42011-07-18 07:48:07 +00002482
Tom Rini95579792012-02-14 07:29:40 +00002483 CONFIG_SPL_BSS_START_ADDR
2484 Link address for the BSS within the SPL binary.
2485
2486 CONFIG_SPL_BSS_MAX_SIZE
2487 Maximum binary size of the BSS section of the SPL binary.
2488
2489 CONFIG_SPL_STACK
2490 Adress of the start of the stack SPL will use
2491
2492 CONFIG_SYS_SPL_MALLOC_START
2493 Starting address of the malloc pool used in SPL.
2494
2495 CONFIG_SYS_SPL_MALLOC_SIZE
2496 The size of the malloc pool used in SPL.
Daniel Schwierzeck6a11cf42011-07-18 07:48:07 +00002497
Wolfgang Denk04e5ae72011-09-11 21:24:09 +02002498 CONFIG_SPL_LIBCOMMON_SUPPORT
2499 Support for common/libcommon.o in SPL binary
Daniel Schwierzeck6a11cf42011-07-18 07:48:07 +00002500
Wolfgang Denk04e5ae72011-09-11 21:24:09 +02002501 CONFIG_SPL_LIBDISK_SUPPORT
2502 Support for disk/libdisk.o in SPL binary
Daniel Schwierzeck6a11cf42011-07-18 07:48:07 +00002503
Wolfgang Denk04e5ae72011-09-11 21:24:09 +02002504 CONFIG_SPL_I2C_SUPPORT
2505 Support for drivers/i2c/libi2c.o in SPL binary
Daniel Schwierzeck6a11cf42011-07-18 07:48:07 +00002506
Wolfgang Denk04e5ae72011-09-11 21:24:09 +02002507 CONFIG_SPL_GPIO_SUPPORT
2508 Support for drivers/gpio/libgpio.o in SPL binary
Daniel Schwierzeck6a11cf42011-07-18 07:48:07 +00002509
Wolfgang Denk04e5ae72011-09-11 21:24:09 +02002510 CONFIG_SPL_MMC_SUPPORT
2511 Support for drivers/mmc/libmmc.o in SPL binary
Daniel Schwierzeck6a11cf42011-07-18 07:48:07 +00002512
Tom Rini95579792012-02-14 07:29:40 +00002513 CONFIG_SYS_MMCSD_RAW_MODE_U_BOOT_SECTOR,
2514 CONFIG_SYS_U_BOOT_MAX_SIZE_SECTORS,
2515 CONFIG_SYS_MMC_SD_FAT_BOOT_PARTITION
2516 Address, size and partition on the MMC to load U-Boot from
2517 when the MMC is being used in raw mode.
2518
2519 CONFIG_SPL_FAT_SUPPORT
2520 Support for fs/fat/libfat.o in SPL binary
2521
2522 CONFIG_SPL_FAT_LOAD_PAYLOAD_NAME
2523 Filename to read to load U-Boot when reading from FAT
2524
2525 CONFIG_SPL_NAND_SIMPLE
2526 Support for drivers/mtd/nand/libnand.o in SPL binary
2527
2528 CONFIG_SYS_NAND_5_ADDR_CYCLE, CONFIG_SYS_NAND_PAGE_COUNT,
2529 CONFIG_SYS_NAND_PAGE_SIZE, CONFIG_SYS_NAND_OOBSIZE,
2530 CONFIG_SYS_NAND_BLOCK_SIZE, CONFIG_SYS_NAND_BAD_BLOCK_POS,
2531 CONFIG_SYS_NAND_ECCPOS, CONFIG_SYS_NAND_ECCSIZE,
2532 CONFIG_SYS_NAND_ECCBYTES
2533 Defines the size and behavior of the NAND that SPL uses
2534 to read U-Boot with CONFIG_SPL_NAND_SIMPLE
2535
2536 CONFIG_SYS_NAND_U_BOOT_OFFS
2537 Location in NAND for CONFIG_SPL_NAND_SIMPLE to read U-Boot
2538 from.
2539
2540 CONFIG_SYS_NAND_U_BOOT_START
2541 Location in memory for CONFIG_SPL_NAND_SIMPLE to load U-Boot
2542 to.
2543
2544 CONFIG_SYS_NAND_HW_ECC_OOBFIRST
2545 Define this if you need to first read the OOB and then the
2546 data. This is used for example on davinci plattforms.
2547
2548 CONFIG_SPL_OMAP3_ID_NAND
2549 Support for an OMAP3-specific set of functions to return the
2550 ID and MFR of the first attached NAND chip, if present.
2551
Wolfgang Denk04e5ae72011-09-11 21:24:09 +02002552 CONFIG_SPL_SERIAL_SUPPORT
2553 Support for drivers/serial/libserial.o in SPL binary
Daniel Schwierzeck6a11cf42011-07-18 07:48:07 +00002554
Wolfgang Denk04e5ae72011-09-11 21:24:09 +02002555 CONFIG_SPL_SPI_FLASH_SUPPORT
2556 Support for drivers/mtd/spi/libspi_flash.o in SPL binary
Daniel Schwierzeck6a11cf42011-07-18 07:48:07 +00002557
Wolfgang Denk04e5ae72011-09-11 21:24:09 +02002558 CONFIG_SPL_SPI_SUPPORT
2559 Support for drivers/spi/libspi.o in SPL binary
Daniel Schwierzeck6a11cf42011-07-18 07:48:07 +00002560
Wolfgang Denk04e5ae72011-09-11 21:24:09 +02002561 CONFIG_SPL_LIBGENERIC_SUPPORT
2562 Support for lib/libgeneric.o in SPL binary
Marian Balakowicz1372cce2008-03-12 10:33:01 +01002563
wdenkc6097192002-11-03 00:24:07 +00002564Modem Support:
2565--------------
2566
Wolfgang Denk566e5cf2011-05-01 20:44:23 +02002567[so far only for SMDK2400 boards]
wdenkc6097192002-11-03 00:24:07 +00002568
Marcel Ziswiler11ccc332008-07-09 08:17:15 +02002569- Modem support enable:
wdenkc6097192002-11-03 00:24:07 +00002570 CONFIG_MODEM_SUPPORT
2571
2572- RTS/CTS Flow control enable:
2573 CONFIG_HWFLOW
2574
2575- Modem debug support:
2576 CONFIG_MODEM_SUPPORT_DEBUG
2577
wdenk43d96162003-03-06 00:02:04 +00002578 Enables debugging stuff (char screen[1024], dbg())
2579 for modem support. Useful only with BDI2000.
wdenkc6097192002-11-03 00:24:07 +00002580
wdenka8c7c702003-12-06 19:49:23 +00002581- Interrupt support (PPC):
2582
wdenkd4ca31c2004-01-02 14:00:00 +00002583 There are common interrupt_init() and timer_interrupt()
2584 for all PPC archs. interrupt_init() calls interrupt_init_cpu()
Marcel Ziswiler11ccc332008-07-09 08:17:15 +02002585 for CPU specific initialization. interrupt_init_cpu()
wdenkd4ca31c2004-01-02 14:00:00 +00002586 should set decrementer_count to appropriate value. If
Marcel Ziswiler11ccc332008-07-09 08:17:15 +02002587 CPU resets decrementer automatically after interrupt
wdenkd4ca31c2004-01-02 14:00:00 +00002588 (ppc4xx) it should set decrementer_count to zero.
Marcel Ziswiler11ccc332008-07-09 08:17:15 +02002589 timer_interrupt() calls timer_interrupt_cpu() for CPU
wdenkd4ca31c2004-01-02 14:00:00 +00002590 specific handling. If board has watchdog / status_led
2591 / other_activity_monitor it works automatically from
2592 general timer_interrupt().
wdenka8c7c702003-12-06 19:49:23 +00002593
wdenkc6097192002-11-03 00:24:07 +00002594- General:
2595
wdenk43d96162003-03-06 00:02:04 +00002596 In the target system modem support is enabled when a
2597 specific key (key combination) is pressed during
2598 power-on. Otherwise U-Boot will boot normally
Marcel Ziswiler11ccc332008-07-09 08:17:15 +02002599 (autoboot). The key_pressed() function is called from
wdenk43d96162003-03-06 00:02:04 +00002600 board_init(). Currently key_pressed() is a dummy
2601 function, returning 1 and thus enabling modem
2602 initialization.
wdenkc6097192002-11-03 00:24:07 +00002603
wdenk43d96162003-03-06 00:02:04 +00002604 If there are no modem init strings in the
2605 environment, U-Boot proceed to autoboot; the
2606 previous output (banner, info printfs) will be
Marcel Ziswiler11ccc332008-07-09 08:17:15 +02002607 suppressed, though.
wdenkc6097192002-11-03 00:24:07 +00002608
2609 See also: doc/README.Modem
2610
Helmut Raiger9660e442011-10-20 04:19:47 +00002611Board initialization settings:
2612------------------------------
2613
2614During Initialization u-boot calls a number of board specific functions
2615to allow the preparation of board specific prerequisites, e.g. pin setup
2616before drivers are initialized. To enable these callbacks the
2617following configuration macros have to be defined. Currently this is
2618architecture specific, so please check arch/your_architecture/lib/board.c
2619typically in board_init_f() and board_init_r().
2620
2621- CONFIG_BOARD_EARLY_INIT_F: Call board_early_init_f()
2622- CONFIG_BOARD_EARLY_INIT_R: Call board_early_init_r()
2623- CONFIG_BOARD_LATE_INIT: Call board_late_init()
2624- CONFIG_BOARD_POSTCLK_INIT: Call board_postclk_init()
wdenkc6097192002-11-03 00:24:07 +00002625
wdenkc6097192002-11-03 00:24:07 +00002626Configuration Settings:
2627-----------------------
2628
Jean-Christophe PLAGNIOL-VILLARD6d0f6bc2008-10-16 15:01:15 +02002629- CONFIG_SYS_LONGHELP: Defined when you want long help messages included;
wdenkc6097192002-11-03 00:24:07 +00002630 undefine this when you're short of memory.
2631
Peter Tyser2fb26042009-01-27 18:03:12 -06002632- CONFIG_SYS_HELP_CMD_WIDTH: Defined when you want to override the default
2633 width of the commands listed in the 'help' command output.
2634
Jean-Christophe PLAGNIOL-VILLARD6d0f6bc2008-10-16 15:01:15 +02002635- CONFIG_SYS_PROMPT: This is what U-Boot prints on the console to
wdenkc6097192002-11-03 00:24:07 +00002636 prompt for user input.
2637
Jean-Christophe PLAGNIOL-VILLARD6d0f6bc2008-10-16 15:01:15 +02002638- CONFIG_SYS_CBSIZE: Buffer size for input from the Console
wdenkc6097192002-11-03 00:24:07 +00002639
Jean-Christophe PLAGNIOL-VILLARD6d0f6bc2008-10-16 15:01:15 +02002640- CONFIG_SYS_PBSIZE: Buffer size for Console output
wdenkc6097192002-11-03 00:24:07 +00002641
Jean-Christophe PLAGNIOL-VILLARD6d0f6bc2008-10-16 15:01:15 +02002642- CONFIG_SYS_MAXARGS: max. Number of arguments accepted for monitor commands
wdenkc6097192002-11-03 00:24:07 +00002643
Jean-Christophe PLAGNIOL-VILLARD6d0f6bc2008-10-16 15:01:15 +02002644- CONFIG_SYS_BARGSIZE: Buffer size for Boot Arguments which are passed to
wdenkc6097192002-11-03 00:24:07 +00002645 the application (usually a Linux kernel) when it is
2646 booted
2647
Jean-Christophe PLAGNIOL-VILLARD6d0f6bc2008-10-16 15:01:15 +02002648- CONFIG_SYS_BAUDRATE_TABLE:
wdenkc6097192002-11-03 00:24:07 +00002649 List of legal baudrate settings for this board.
2650
Jean-Christophe PLAGNIOL-VILLARD6d0f6bc2008-10-16 15:01:15 +02002651- CONFIG_SYS_CONSOLE_INFO_QUIET
wdenk8bde7f72003-06-27 21:31:46 +00002652 Suppress display of console information at boot.
wdenkc6097192002-11-03 00:24:07 +00002653
Jean-Christophe PLAGNIOL-VILLARD6d0f6bc2008-10-16 15:01:15 +02002654- CONFIG_SYS_CONSOLE_IS_IN_ENV
wdenk8bde7f72003-06-27 21:31:46 +00002655 If the board specific function
2656 extern int overwrite_console (void);
2657 returns 1, the stdin, stderr and stdout are switched to the
wdenkc6097192002-11-03 00:24:07 +00002658 serial port, else the settings in the environment are used.
2659
Jean-Christophe PLAGNIOL-VILLARD6d0f6bc2008-10-16 15:01:15 +02002660- CONFIG_SYS_CONSOLE_OVERWRITE_ROUTINE
wdenk8bde7f72003-06-27 21:31:46 +00002661 Enable the call to overwrite_console().
wdenkc6097192002-11-03 00:24:07 +00002662
Jean-Christophe PLAGNIOL-VILLARD6d0f6bc2008-10-16 15:01:15 +02002663- CONFIG_SYS_CONSOLE_ENV_OVERWRITE
wdenkc6097192002-11-03 00:24:07 +00002664 Enable overwrite of previous console environment settings.
2665
Jean-Christophe PLAGNIOL-VILLARD6d0f6bc2008-10-16 15:01:15 +02002666- CONFIG_SYS_MEMTEST_START, CONFIG_SYS_MEMTEST_END:
wdenkc6097192002-11-03 00:24:07 +00002667 Begin and End addresses of the area used by the
2668 simple memory test.
2669
Jean-Christophe PLAGNIOL-VILLARD6d0f6bc2008-10-16 15:01:15 +02002670- CONFIG_SYS_ALT_MEMTEST:
wdenk8bde7f72003-06-27 21:31:46 +00002671 Enable an alternate, more extensive memory test.
wdenkc6097192002-11-03 00:24:07 +00002672
Jean-Christophe PLAGNIOL-VILLARD6d0f6bc2008-10-16 15:01:15 +02002673- CONFIG_SYS_MEMTEST_SCRATCH:
wdenk5f535fe2003-09-18 09:21:33 +00002674 Scratch address used by the alternate memory test
2675 You only need to set this if address zero isn't writeable
2676
Jean-Christophe PLAGNIOL-VILLARD6d0f6bc2008-10-16 15:01:15 +02002677- CONFIG_SYS_MEM_TOP_HIDE (PPC only):
2678 If CONFIG_SYS_MEM_TOP_HIDE is defined in the board config header,
Stefan Roese14f73ca2008-03-26 10:14:11 +01002679 this specified memory area will get subtracted from the top
Marcel Ziswiler11ccc332008-07-09 08:17:15 +02002680 (end) of RAM and won't get "touched" at all by U-Boot. By
Stefan Roese14f73ca2008-03-26 10:14:11 +01002681 fixing up gd->ram_size the Linux kernel should gets passed
2682 the now "corrected" memory size and won't touch it either.
2683 This should work for arch/ppc and arch/powerpc. Only Linux
Stefan Roese5e12e752008-03-28 11:02:53 +01002684 board ports in arch/powerpc with bootwrapper support that
Stefan Roese14f73ca2008-03-26 10:14:11 +01002685 recalculate the memory size from the SDRAM controller setup
Stefan Roese5e12e752008-03-28 11:02:53 +01002686 will have to get fixed in Linux additionally.
Stefan Roese14f73ca2008-03-26 10:14:11 +01002687
2688 This option can be used as a workaround for the 440EPx/GRx
2689 CHIP 11 errata where the last 256 bytes in SDRAM shouldn't
2690 be touched.
2691
2692 WARNING: Please make sure that this value is a multiple of
2693 the Linux page size (normally 4k). If this is not the case,
2694 then the end address of the Linux memory will be located at a
2695 non page size aligned address and this could cause major
2696 problems.
2697
Jean-Christophe PLAGNIOL-VILLARD6d0f6bc2008-10-16 15:01:15 +02002698- CONFIG_SYS_TFTP_LOADADDR:
wdenkc6097192002-11-03 00:24:07 +00002699 Default load address for network file downloads
2700
Jean-Christophe PLAGNIOL-VILLARD6d0f6bc2008-10-16 15:01:15 +02002701- CONFIG_SYS_LOADS_BAUD_CHANGE:
wdenkc6097192002-11-03 00:24:07 +00002702 Enable temporary baudrate change while serial download
2703
Jean-Christophe PLAGNIOL-VILLARD6d0f6bc2008-10-16 15:01:15 +02002704- CONFIG_SYS_SDRAM_BASE:
wdenkc6097192002-11-03 00:24:07 +00002705 Physical start address of SDRAM. _Must_ be 0 here.
2706
Jean-Christophe PLAGNIOL-VILLARD6d0f6bc2008-10-16 15:01:15 +02002707- CONFIG_SYS_MBIO_BASE:
wdenkc6097192002-11-03 00:24:07 +00002708 Physical start address of Motherboard I/O (if using a
2709 Cogent motherboard)
2710
Jean-Christophe PLAGNIOL-VILLARD6d0f6bc2008-10-16 15:01:15 +02002711- CONFIG_SYS_FLASH_BASE:
wdenkc6097192002-11-03 00:24:07 +00002712 Physical start address of Flash memory.
2713
Jean-Christophe PLAGNIOL-VILLARD6d0f6bc2008-10-16 15:01:15 +02002714- CONFIG_SYS_MONITOR_BASE:
wdenkc6097192002-11-03 00:24:07 +00002715 Physical start address of boot monitor code (set by
2716 make config files to be same as the text base address
Wolfgang Denk14d0a022010-10-07 21:51:12 +02002717 (CONFIG_SYS_TEXT_BASE) used when linking) - same as
Jean-Christophe PLAGNIOL-VILLARD6d0f6bc2008-10-16 15:01:15 +02002718 CONFIG_SYS_FLASH_BASE when booting from flash.
wdenkc6097192002-11-03 00:24:07 +00002719
Jean-Christophe PLAGNIOL-VILLARD6d0f6bc2008-10-16 15:01:15 +02002720- CONFIG_SYS_MONITOR_LEN:
wdenk8bde7f72003-06-27 21:31:46 +00002721 Size of memory reserved for monitor code, used to
2722 determine _at_compile_time_ (!) if the environment is
2723 embedded within the U-Boot image, or in a separate
2724 flash sector.
wdenkc6097192002-11-03 00:24:07 +00002725
Jean-Christophe PLAGNIOL-VILLARD6d0f6bc2008-10-16 15:01:15 +02002726- CONFIG_SYS_MALLOC_LEN:
wdenkc6097192002-11-03 00:24:07 +00002727 Size of DRAM reserved for malloc() use.
2728
Jean-Christophe PLAGNIOL-VILLARD6d0f6bc2008-10-16 15:01:15 +02002729- CONFIG_SYS_BOOTM_LEN:
Stefan Roese15940c92006-03-13 11:16:36 +01002730 Normally compressed uImages are limited to an
2731 uncompressed size of 8 MBytes. If this is not enough,
Jean-Christophe PLAGNIOL-VILLARD6d0f6bc2008-10-16 15:01:15 +02002732 you can define CONFIG_SYS_BOOTM_LEN in your board config file
Stefan Roese15940c92006-03-13 11:16:36 +01002733 to adjust this setting to your needs.
2734
Jean-Christophe PLAGNIOL-VILLARD6d0f6bc2008-10-16 15:01:15 +02002735- CONFIG_SYS_BOOTMAPSZ:
wdenkc6097192002-11-03 00:24:07 +00002736 Maximum size of memory mapped by the startup code of
2737 the Linux kernel; all data that must be processed by
Bartlomiej Sieka7d721e32008-04-14 15:44:16 +02002738 the Linux kernel (bd_info, boot arguments, FDT blob if
2739 used) must be put below this limit, unless "bootm_low"
2740 enviroment variable is defined and non-zero. In such case
2741 all data for the Linux kernel must be between "bootm_low"
Wolfgang Denkc0f40852011-10-26 10:21:21 +00002742 and "bootm_low" + CONFIG_SYS_BOOTMAPSZ. The environment
Grant Likelyc3624e62011-03-28 09:58:43 +00002743 variable "bootm_mapsize" will override the value of
2744 CONFIG_SYS_BOOTMAPSZ. If CONFIG_SYS_BOOTMAPSZ is undefined,
2745 then the value in "bootm_size" will be used instead.
wdenkc6097192002-11-03 00:24:07 +00002746
John Rigbyfca43cc2010-10-13 13:57:35 -06002747- CONFIG_SYS_BOOT_RAMDISK_HIGH:
2748 Enable initrd_high functionality. If defined then the
2749 initrd_high feature is enabled and the bootm ramdisk subcommand
2750 is enabled.
2751
2752- CONFIG_SYS_BOOT_GET_CMDLINE:
2753 Enables allocating and saving kernel cmdline in space between
2754 "bootm_low" and "bootm_low" + BOOTMAPSZ.
2755
2756- CONFIG_SYS_BOOT_GET_KBD:
2757 Enables allocating and saving a kernel copy of the bd_info in
2758 space between "bootm_low" and "bootm_low" + BOOTMAPSZ.
2759
Jean-Christophe PLAGNIOL-VILLARD6d0f6bc2008-10-16 15:01:15 +02002760- CONFIG_SYS_MAX_FLASH_BANKS:
wdenkc6097192002-11-03 00:24:07 +00002761 Max number of Flash memory banks
2762
Jean-Christophe PLAGNIOL-VILLARD6d0f6bc2008-10-16 15:01:15 +02002763- CONFIG_SYS_MAX_FLASH_SECT:
wdenkc6097192002-11-03 00:24:07 +00002764 Max number of sectors on a Flash chip
2765
Jean-Christophe PLAGNIOL-VILLARD6d0f6bc2008-10-16 15:01:15 +02002766- CONFIG_SYS_FLASH_ERASE_TOUT:
wdenkc6097192002-11-03 00:24:07 +00002767 Timeout for Flash erase operations (in ms)
2768
Jean-Christophe PLAGNIOL-VILLARD6d0f6bc2008-10-16 15:01:15 +02002769- CONFIG_SYS_FLASH_WRITE_TOUT:
wdenkc6097192002-11-03 00:24:07 +00002770 Timeout for Flash write operations (in ms)
2771
Jean-Christophe PLAGNIOL-VILLARD6d0f6bc2008-10-16 15:01:15 +02002772- CONFIG_SYS_FLASH_LOCK_TOUT
wdenk8564acf2003-07-14 22:13:32 +00002773 Timeout for Flash set sector lock bit operation (in ms)
2774
Jean-Christophe PLAGNIOL-VILLARD6d0f6bc2008-10-16 15:01:15 +02002775- CONFIG_SYS_FLASH_UNLOCK_TOUT
wdenk8564acf2003-07-14 22:13:32 +00002776 Timeout for Flash clear lock bits operation (in ms)
2777
Jean-Christophe PLAGNIOL-VILLARD6d0f6bc2008-10-16 15:01:15 +02002778- CONFIG_SYS_FLASH_PROTECTION
wdenk8564acf2003-07-14 22:13:32 +00002779 If defined, hardware flash sectors protection is used
2780 instead of U-Boot software protection.
2781
Jean-Christophe PLAGNIOL-VILLARD6d0f6bc2008-10-16 15:01:15 +02002782- CONFIG_SYS_DIRECT_FLASH_TFTP:
wdenkc6097192002-11-03 00:24:07 +00002783
2784 Enable TFTP transfers directly to flash memory;
2785 without this option such a download has to be
2786 performed in two steps: (1) download to RAM, and (2)
2787 copy from RAM to flash.
2788
2789 The two-step approach is usually more reliable, since
2790 you can check if the download worked before you erase
Marcel Ziswiler11ccc332008-07-09 08:17:15 +02002791 the flash, but in some situations (when system RAM is
2792 too limited to allow for a temporary copy of the
wdenkc6097192002-11-03 00:24:07 +00002793 downloaded image) this option may be very useful.
2794
Jean-Christophe PLAGNIOL-VILLARD6d0f6bc2008-10-16 15:01:15 +02002795- CONFIG_SYS_FLASH_CFI:
wdenk43d96162003-03-06 00:02:04 +00002796 Define if the flash driver uses extra elements in the
wdenk5653fc32004-02-08 22:55:38 +00002797 common flash structure for storing flash geometry.
2798
Jean-Christophe PLAGNIOL-VILLARD00b18832008-08-13 01:40:42 +02002799- CONFIG_FLASH_CFI_DRIVER
wdenk5653fc32004-02-08 22:55:38 +00002800 This option also enables the building of the cfi_flash driver
2801 in the drivers directory
wdenkc6097192002-11-03 00:24:07 +00002802
Piotr Ziecik91809ed2008-11-17 15:57:58 +01002803- CONFIG_FLASH_CFI_MTD
2804 This option enables the building of the cfi_mtd driver
2805 in the drivers directory. The driver exports CFI flash
2806 to the MTD layer.
2807
Jean-Christophe PLAGNIOL-VILLARD6d0f6bc2008-10-16 15:01:15 +02002808- CONFIG_SYS_FLASH_USE_BUFFER_WRITE
Guennadi Liakhovetski96ef8312008-04-03 13:36:02 +02002809 Use buffered writes to flash.
2810
2811- CONFIG_FLASH_SPANSION_S29WS_N
2812 s29ws-n MirrorBit flash has non-standard addresses for buffered
2813 write commands.
2814
Jean-Christophe PLAGNIOL-VILLARD6d0f6bc2008-10-16 15:01:15 +02002815- CONFIG_SYS_FLASH_QUIET_TEST
Stefan Roese5568e612005-11-22 13:20:42 +01002816 If this option is defined, the common CFI flash doesn't
2817 print it's warning upon not recognized FLASH banks. This
2818 is useful, if some of the configured banks are only
2819 optionally available.
2820
Jerry Van Baren9a042e92008-03-08 13:48:01 -05002821- CONFIG_FLASH_SHOW_PROGRESS
2822 If defined (must be an integer), print out countdown
2823 digits and dots. Recommended value: 45 (9..1) for 80
2824 column displays, 15 (3..1) for 40 column displays.
2825
Jean-Christophe PLAGNIOL-VILLARD6d0f6bc2008-10-16 15:01:15 +02002826- CONFIG_SYS_RX_ETH_BUFFER:
Marcel Ziswiler11ccc332008-07-09 08:17:15 +02002827 Defines the number of Ethernet receive buffers. On some
2828 Ethernet controllers it is recommended to set this value
stroese53cf9432003-06-05 15:39:44 +00002829 to 8 or even higher (EEPRO100 or 405 EMAC), since all
2830 buffers can be full shortly after enabling the interface
Marcel Ziswiler11ccc332008-07-09 08:17:15 +02002831 on high Ethernet traffic.
stroese53cf9432003-06-05 15:39:44 +00002832 Defaults to 4 if not defined.
2833
Wolfgang Denkea882ba2010-06-20 23:33:59 +02002834- CONFIG_ENV_MAX_ENTRIES
2835
Wolfgang Denk071bc922010-10-27 22:48:30 +02002836 Maximum number of entries in the hash table that is used
2837 internally to store the environment settings. The default
2838 setting is supposed to be generous and should work in most
2839 cases. This setting can be used to tune behaviour; see
2840 lib/hashtable.c for details.
Wolfgang Denkea882ba2010-06-20 23:33:59 +02002841
wdenkc6097192002-11-03 00:24:07 +00002842The following definitions that deal with the placement and management
2843of environment data (variable area); in general, we support the
2844following configurations:
2845
Mike Frysingerc3eb3fe2011-07-08 10:44:25 +00002846- CONFIG_BUILD_ENVCRC:
2847
2848 Builds up envcrc with the target environment so that external utils
2849 may easily extract it and embed it in final U-Boot images.
2850
Jean-Christophe PLAGNIOL-VILLARD5a1aceb2008-09-10 22:48:04 +02002851- CONFIG_ENV_IS_IN_FLASH:
wdenkc6097192002-11-03 00:24:07 +00002852
2853 Define this if the environment is in flash memory.
2854
2855 a) The environment occupies one whole flash sector, which is
2856 "embedded" in the text segment with the U-Boot code. This
2857 happens usually with "bottom boot sector" or "top boot
2858 sector" type flash chips, which have several smaller
2859 sectors at the start or the end. For instance, such a
2860 layout can have sector sizes of 8, 2x4, 16, Nx32 kB. In
2861 such a case you would place the environment in one of the
2862 4 kB sectors - with U-Boot code before and after it. With
2863 "top boot sector" type flash chips, you would put the
2864 environment in one of the last sectors, leaving a gap
2865 between U-Boot and the environment.
2866
Jean-Christophe PLAGNIOL-VILLARD0e8d1582008-09-10 22:48:06 +02002867 - CONFIG_ENV_OFFSET:
wdenkc6097192002-11-03 00:24:07 +00002868
2869 Offset of environment data (variable area) to the
2870 beginning of flash memory; for instance, with bottom boot
2871 type flash chips the second sector can be used: the offset
2872 for this sector is given here.
2873
Jean-Christophe PLAGNIOL-VILLARD6d0f6bc2008-10-16 15:01:15 +02002874 CONFIG_ENV_OFFSET is used relative to CONFIG_SYS_FLASH_BASE.
wdenkc6097192002-11-03 00:24:07 +00002875
Jean-Christophe PLAGNIOL-VILLARD0e8d1582008-09-10 22:48:06 +02002876 - CONFIG_ENV_ADDR:
wdenkc6097192002-11-03 00:24:07 +00002877
2878 This is just another way to specify the start address of
2879 the flash sector containing the environment (instead of
Jean-Christophe PLAGNIOL-VILLARD0e8d1582008-09-10 22:48:06 +02002880 CONFIG_ENV_OFFSET).
wdenkc6097192002-11-03 00:24:07 +00002881
Jean-Christophe PLAGNIOL-VILLARD0e8d1582008-09-10 22:48:06 +02002882 - CONFIG_ENV_SECT_SIZE:
wdenkc6097192002-11-03 00:24:07 +00002883
2884 Size of the sector containing the environment.
2885
2886
2887 b) Sometimes flash chips have few, equal sized, BIG sectors.
2888 In such a case you don't want to spend a whole sector for
2889 the environment.
2890
Jean-Christophe PLAGNIOL-VILLARD0e8d1582008-09-10 22:48:06 +02002891 - CONFIG_ENV_SIZE:
wdenkc6097192002-11-03 00:24:07 +00002892
Jean-Christophe PLAGNIOL-VILLARD5a1aceb2008-09-10 22:48:04 +02002893 If you use this in combination with CONFIG_ENV_IS_IN_FLASH
Jean-Christophe PLAGNIOL-VILLARD0e8d1582008-09-10 22:48:06 +02002894 and CONFIG_ENV_SECT_SIZE, you can specify to use only a part
wdenkc6097192002-11-03 00:24:07 +00002895 of this flash sector for the environment. This saves
2896 memory for the RAM copy of the environment.
2897
2898 It may also save flash memory if you decide to use this
2899 when your environment is "embedded" within U-Boot code,
2900 since then the remainder of the flash sector could be used
2901 for U-Boot code. It should be pointed out that this is
2902 STRONGLY DISCOURAGED from a robustness point of view:
2903 updating the environment in flash makes it always
2904 necessary to erase the WHOLE sector. If something goes
2905 wrong before the contents has been restored from a copy in
2906 RAM, your target system will be dead.
2907
Jean-Christophe PLAGNIOL-VILLARD0e8d1582008-09-10 22:48:06 +02002908 - CONFIG_ENV_ADDR_REDUND
2909 CONFIG_ENV_SIZE_REDUND
wdenkc6097192002-11-03 00:24:07 +00002910
wdenk43d96162003-03-06 00:02:04 +00002911 These settings describe a second storage area used to hold
Marcel Ziswiler11ccc332008-07-09 08:17:15 +02002912 a redundant copy of the environment data, so that there is
wdenk3e386912003-04-05 00:53:31 +00002913 a valid backup copy in case there is a power failure during
wdenk43d96162003-03-06 00:02:04 +00002914 a "saveenv" operation.
wdenkc6097192002-11-03 00:24:07 +00002915
2916BE CAREFUL! Any changes to the flash layout, and some changes to the
2917source code will make it necessary to adapt <board>/u-boot.lds*
2918accordingly!
2919
2920
Jean-Christophe PLAGNIOL-VILLARD9314cee2008-09-10 22:47:59 +02002921- CONFIG_ENV_IS_IN_NVRAM:
wdenkc6097192002-11-03 00:24:07 +00002922
2923 Define this if you have some non-volatile memory device
2924 (NVRAM, battery buffered SRAM) which you want to use for the
2925 environment.
2926
Jean-Christophe PLAGNIOL-VILLARD0e8d1582008-09-10 22:48:06 +02002927 - CONFIG_ENV_ADDR:
2928 - CONFIG_ENV_SIZE:
wdenkc6097192002-11-03 00:24:07 +00002929
Marcel Ziswiler11ccc332008-07-09 08:17:15 +02002930 These two #defines are used to determine the memory area you
wdenkc6097192002-11-03 00:24:07 +00002931 want to use for environment. It is assumed that this memory
2932 can just be read and written to, without any special
2933 provision.
2934
2935BE CAREFUL! The first access to the environment happens quite early
2936in U-Boot initalization (when we try to get the setting of for the
Marcel Ziswiler11ccc332008-07-09 08:17:15 +02002937console baudrate). You *MUST* have mapped your NVRAM area then, or
wdenkc6097192002-11-03 00:24:07 +00002938U-Boot will hang.
2939
2940Please note that even with NVRAM we still use a copy of the
2941environment in RAM: we could work on NVRAM directly, but we want to
2942keep settings there always unmodified except somebody uses "saveenv"
2943to save the current settings.
2944
2945
Jean-Christophe PLAGNIOL-VILLARDbb1f8b42008-09-05 09:19:30 +02002946- CONFIG_ENV_IS_IN_EEPROM:
wdenkc6097192002-11-03 00:24:07 +00002947
2948 Use this if you have an EEPROM or similar serial access
2949 device and a driver for it.
2950
Jean-Christophe PLAGNIOL-VILLARD0e8d1582008-09-10 22:48:06 +02002951 - CONFIG_ENV_OFFSET:
2952 - CONFIG_ENV_SIZE:
wdenkc6097192002-11-03 00:24:07 +00002953
2954 These two #defines specify the offset and size of the
2955 environment area within the total memory of your EEPROM.
2956
Jean-Christophe PLAGNIOL-VILLARD6d0f6bc2008-10-16 15:01:15 +02002957 - CONFIG_SYS_I2C_EEPROM_ADDR:
wdenkc6097192002-11-03 00:24:07 +00002958 If defined, specified the chip address of the EEPROM device.
2959 The default address is zero.
2960
Jean-Christophe PLAGNIOL-VILLARD6d0f6bc2008-10-16 15:01:15 +02002961 - CONFIG_SYS_EEPROM_PAGE_WRITE_BITS:
wdenkc6097192002-11-03 00:24:07 +00002962 If defined, the number of bits used to address bytes in a
2963 single page in the EEPROM device. A 64 byte page, for example
2964 would require six bits.
2965
Jean-Christophe PLAGNIOL-VILLARD6d0f6bc2008-10-16 15:01:15 +02002966 - CONFIG_SYS_EEPROM_PAGE_WRITE_DELAY_MS:
wdenkc6097192002-11-03 00:24:07 +00002967 If defined, the number of milliseconds to delay between
wdenkba56f622004-02-06 23:19:44 +00002968 page writes. The default is zero milliseconds.
wdenkc6097192002-11-03 00:24:07 +00002969
Jean-Christophe PLAGNIOL-VILLARD6d0f6bc2008-10-16 15:01:15 +02002970 - CONFIG_SYS_I2C_EEPROM_ADDR_LEN:
wdenkc6097192002-11-03 00:24:07 +00002971 The length in bytes of the EEPROM memory array address. Note
2972 that this is NOT the chip address length!
2973
Jean-Christophe PLAGNIOL-VILLARD6d0f6bc2008-10-16 15:01:15 +02002974 - CONFIG_SYS_I2C_EEPROM_ADDR_OVERFLOW:
wdenk5cf91d62004-04-23 20:32:05 +00002975 EEPROM chips that implement "address overflow" are ones
2976 like Catalyst 24WC04/08/16 which has 9/10/11 bits of
2977 address and the extra bits end up in the "chip address" bit
2978 slots. This makes a 24WC08 (1Kbyte) chip look like four 256
2979 byte chips.
2980
2981 Note that we consider the length of the address field to
2982 still be one byte because the extra address bits are hidden
2983 in the chip address.
2984
Jean-Christophe PLAGNIOL-VILLARD6d0f6bc2008-10-16 15:01:15 +02002985 - CONFIG_SYS_EEPROM_SIZE:
wdenkc6097192002-11-03 00:24:07 +00002986 The size in bytes of the EEPROM device.
2987
Heiko Schocher548738b2010-01-07 08:55:40 +01002988 - CONFIG_ENV_EEPROM_IS_ON_I2C
2989 define this, if you have I2C and SPI activated, and your
2990 EEPROM, which holds the environment, is on the I2C bus.
2991
2992 - CONFIG_I2C_ENV_EEPROM_BUS
2993 if you have an Environment on an EEPROM reached over
2994 I2C muxes, you can define here, how to reach this
2995 EEPROM. For example:
2996
Wolfgang Denka9046b92010-06-13 17:48:15 +02002997 #define CONFIG_I2C_ENV_EEPROM_BUS "pca9547:70:d\0"
Heiko Schocher548738b2010-01-07 08:55:40 +01002998
2999 EEPROM which holds the environment, is reached over
3000 a pca9547 i2c mux with address 0x70, channel 3.
wdenkc6097192002-11-03 00:24:07 +00003001
Jean-Christophe PLAGNIOL-VILLARD057c8492008-09-10 22:47:58 +02003002- CONFIG_ENV_IS_IN_DATAFLASH:
wdenk5779d8d2003-12-06 23:55:10 +00003003
wdenkd4ca31c2004-01-02 14:00:00 +00003004 Define this if you have a DataFlash memory device which you
wdenk5779d8d2003-12-06 23:55:10 +00003005 want to use for the environment.
3006
Jean-Christophe PLAGNIOL-VILLARD0e8d1582008-09-10 22:48:06 +02003007 - CONFIG_ENV_OFFSET:
3008 - CONFIG_ENV_ADDR:
3009 - CONFIG_ENV_SIZE:
wdenk5779d8d2003-12-06 23:55:10 +00003010
3011 These three #defines specify the offset and size of the
3012 environment area within the total memory of your DataFlash placed
3013 at the specified address.
3014
Jean-Christophe PLAGNIOL-VILLARD51bfee12008-09-10 22:47:58 +02003015- CONFIG_ENV_IS_IN_NAND:
wdenk13a56952004-06-09 14:58:14 +00003016
3017 Define this if you have a NAND device which you want to use
3018 for the environment.
3019
Jean-Christophe PLAGNIOL-VILLARD0e8d1582008-09-10 22:48:06 +02003020 - CONFIG_ENV_OFFSET:
3021 - CONFIG_ENV_SIZE:
wdenk13a56952004-06-09 14:58:14 +00003022
3023 These two #defines specify the offset and size of the environment
Scott Woodfdd813d2010-09-17 14:38:37 -05003024 area within the first NAND device. CONFIG_ENV_OFFSET must be
3025 aligned to an erase block boundary.
wdenk5779d8d2003-12-06 23:55:10 +00003026
Scott Woodfdd813d2010-09-17 14:38:37 -05003027 - CONFIG_ENV_OFFSET_REDUND (optional):
Markus Klotzbuechere443c942006-03-20 18:02:44 +01003028
Jean-Christophe PLAGNIOL-VILLARD0e8d1582008-09-10 22:48:06 +02003029 This setting describes a second storage area of CONFIG_ENV_SIZE
Scott Woodfdd813d2010-09-17 14:38:37 -05003030 size used to hold a redundant copy of the environment data, so
3031 that there is a valid backup copy in case there is a power failure
Wolfgang Denkc0f40852011-10-26 10:21:21 +00003032 during a "saveenv" operation. CONFIG_ENV_OFFSET_RENDUND must be
Scott Woodfdd813d2010-09-17 14:38:37 -05003033 aligned to an erase block boundary.
Markus Klotzbuechere443c942006-03-20 18:02:44 +01003034
Scott Woodfdd813d2010-09-17 14:38:37 -05003035 - CONFIG_ENV_RANGE (optional):
3036
3037 Specifies the length of the region in which the environment
3038 can be written. This should be a multiple of the NAND device's
3039 block size. Specifying a range with more erase blocks than
3040 are needed to hold CONFIG_ENV_SIZE allows bad blocks within
3041 the range to be avoided.
3042
3043 - CONFIG_ENV_OFFSET_OOB (optional):
3044
3045 Enables support for dynamically retrieving the offset of the
3046 environment from block zero's out-of-band data. The
3047 "nand env.oob" command can be used to record this offset.
3048 Currently, CONFIG_ENV_OFFSET_REDUND is not supported when
3049 using CONFIG_ENV_OFFSET_OOB.
Markus Klotzbuechere443c942006-03-20 18:02:44 +01003050
Guennadi Liakhovetskib74ab732009-05-18 16:07:22 +02003051- CONFIG_NAND_ENV_DST
3052
3053 Defines address in RAM to which the nand_spl code should copy the
3054 environment. If redundant environment is used, it will be copied to
3055 CONFIG_NAND_ENV_DST + CONFIG_ENV_SIZE.
3056
Jean-Christophe PLAGNIOL-VILLARD6d0f6bc2008-10-16 15:01:15 +02003057- CONFIG_SYS_SPI_INIT_OFFSET
wdenkc6097192002-11-03 00:24:07 +00003058
3059 Defines offset to the initial SPI buffer area in DPRAM. The
3060 area is used at an early stage (ROM part) if the environment
3061 is configured to reside in the SPI EEPROM: We need a 520 byte
3062 scratch DPRAM area. It is used between the two initialization
3063 calls (spi_init_f() and spi_init_r()). A value of 0xB00 seems
3064 to be a good choice since it makes it far enough from the
3065 start of the data area as well as from the stack pointer.
3066
Bruce Adlere881cb52007-11-02 13:15:42 -07003067Please note that the environment is read-only until the monitor
wdenkc6097192002-11-03 00:24:07 +00003068has been relocated to RAM and a RAM copy of the environment has been
Wolfgang Denkcdb74972010-07-24 21:55:43 +02003069created; also, when using EEPROM you will have to use getenv_f()
wdenkc6097192002-11-03 00:24:07 +00003070until then to read environment variables.
3071
wdenk85ec0bc2003-03-31 16:34:49 +00003072The environment is protected by a CRC32 checksum. Before the monitor
3073is relocated into RAM, as a result of a bad CRC you will be working
3074with the compiled-in default environment - *silently*!!! [This is
3075necessary, because the first environment variable we need is the
3076"baudrate" setting for the console - if we have a bad CRC, we don't
3077have any device yet where we could complain.]
wdenkc6097192002-11-03 00:24:07 +00003078
3079Note: once the monitor has been relocated, then it will complain if
3080the default environment is used; a new CRC is computed as soon as you
wdenk85ec0bc2003-03-31 16:34:49 +00003081use the "saveenv" command to store a valid environment.
wdenkc6097192002-11-03 00:24:07 +00003082
Jean-Christophe PLAGNIOL-VILLARD6d0f6bc2008-10-16 15:01:15 +02003083- CONFIG_SYS_FAULT_ECHO_LINK_DOWN:
wdenk42d1f032003-10-15 23:53:47 +00003084 Echo the inverted Ethernet link state to the fault LED.
wdenkfc3e2162003-10-08 22:33:00 +00003085
Jean-Christophe PLAGNIOL-VILLARD6d0f6bc2008-10-16 15:01:15 +02003086 Note: If this option is active, then CONFIG_SYS_FAULT_MII_ADDR
wdenkfc3e2162003-10-08 22:33:00 +00003087 also needs to be defined.
3088
Jean-Christophe PLAGNIOL-VILLARD6d0f6bc2008-10-16 15:01:15 +02003089- CONFIG_SYS_FAULT_MII_ADDR:
wdenk42d1f032003-10-15 23:53:47 +00003090 MII address of the PHY to check for the Ethernet link state.
wdenkc6097192002-11-03 00:24:07 +00003091
Ron Madridf5675aa2009-02-18 14:30:44 -08003092- CONFIG_NS16550_MIN_FUNCTIONS:
3093 Define this if you desire to only have use of the NS16550_init
3094 and NS16550_putc functions for the serial driver located at
3095 drivers/serial/ns16550.c. This option is useful for saving
3096 space for already greatly restricted images, including but not
3097 limited to NAND_SPL configurations.
3098
wdenkc6097192002-11-03 00:24:07 +00003099Low Level (hardware related) configuration options:
wdenkdc7c9a12003-03-26 06:55:25 +00003100---------------------------------------------------
wdenkc6097192002-11-03 00:24:07 +00003101
Jean-Christophe PLAGNIOL-VILLARD6d0f6bc2008-10-16 15:01:15 +02003102- CONFIG_SYS_CACHELINE_SIZE:
wdenkc6097192002-11-03 00:24:07 +00003103 Cache Line Size of the CPU.
3104
Jean-Christophe PLAGNIOL-VILLARD6d0f6bc2008-10-16 15:01:15 +02003105- CONFIG_SYS_DEFAULT_IMMR:
wdenkc6097192002-11-03 00:24:07 +00003106 Default address of the IMMR after system reset.
wdenk2535d602003-07-17 23:16:40 +00003107
wdenk42d1f032003-10-15 23:53:47 +00003108 Needed on some 8260 systems (MPC8260ADS, PQ2FADS-ZU,
3109 and RPXsuper) to be able to adjust the position of
3110 the IMMR register after a reset.
wdenkc6097192002-11-03 00:24:07 +00003111
Timur Tabie46fedf2011-08-04 18:03:41 -05003112- CONFIG_SYS_CCSRBAR_DEFAULT:
3113 Default (power-on reset) physical address of CCSR on Freescale
3114 PowerPC SOCs.
3115
3116- CONFIG_SYS_CCSRBAR:
3117 Virtual address of CCSR. On a 32-bit build, this is typically
3118 the same value as CONFIG_SYS_CCSRBAR_DEFAULT.
3119
3120 CONFIG_SYS_DEFAULT_IMMR must also be set to this value,
3121 for cross-platform code that uses that macro instead.
3122
3123- CONFIG_SYS_CCSRBAR_PHYS:
3124 Physical address of CCSR. CCSR can be relocated to a new
3125 physical address, if desired. In this case, this macro should
Wolfgang Denkc0f40852011-10-26 10:21:21 +00003126 be set to that address. Otherwise, it should be set to the
Timur Tabie46fedf2011-08-04 18:03:41 -05003127 same value as CONFIG_SYS_CCSRBAR_DEFAULT. For example, CCSR
3128 is typically relocated on 36-bit builds. It is recommended
3129 that this macro be defined via the _HIGH and _LOW macros:
3130
3131 #define CONFIG_SYS_CCSRBAR_PHYS ((CONFIG_SYS_CCSRBAR_PHYS_HIGH
3132 * 1ull) << 32 | CONFIG_SYS_CCSRBAR_PHYS_LOW)
3133
3134- CONFIG_SYS_CCSRBAR_PHYS_HIGH:
Wolfgang Denk4cf26092011-10-07 09:58:21 +02003135 Bits 33-36 of CONFIG_SYS_CCSRBAR_PHYS. This value is typically
3136 either 0 (32-bit build) or 0xF (36-bit build). This macro is
Timur Tabie46fedf2011-08-04 18:03:41 -05003137 used in assembly code, so it must not contain typecasts or
3138 integer size suffixes (e.g. "ULL").
3139
3140- CONFIG_SYS_CCSRBAR_PHYS_LOW:
3141 Lower 32-bits of CONFIG_SYS_CCSRBAR_PHYS. This macro is
3142 used in assembly code, so it must not contain typecasts or
3143 integer size suffixes (e.g. "ULL").
3144
3145- CONFIG_SYS_CCSR_DO_NOT_RELOCATE:
3146 If this macro is defined, then CONFIG_SYS_CCSRBAR_PHYS will be
3147 forced to a value that ensures that CCSR is not relocated.
3148
wdenk7f6c2cb2002-11-10 22:06:23 +00003149- Floppy Disk Support:
Jean-Christophe PLAGNIOL-VILLARD6d0f6bc2008-10-16 15:01:15 +02003150 CONFIG_SYS_FDC_DRIVE_NUMBER
wdenk7f6c2cb2002-11-10 22:06:23 +00003151
3152 the default drive number (default value 0)
3153
Jean-Christophe PLAGNIOL-VILLARD6d0f6bc2008-10-16 15:01:15 +02003154 CONFIG_SYS_ISA_IO_STRIDE
wdenk7f6c2cb2002-11-10 22:06:23 +00003155
Marcel Ziswiler11ccc332008-07-09 08:17:15 +02003156 defines the spacing between FDC chipset registers
wdenk7f6c2cb2002-11-10 22:06:23 +00003157 (default value 1)
3158
Jean-Christophe PLAGNIOL-VILLARD6d0f6bc2008-10-16 15:01:15 +02003159 CONFIG_SYS_ISA_IO_OFFSET
wdenk7f6c2cb2002-11-10 22:06:23 +00003160
wdenk43d96162003-03-06 00:02:04 +00003161 defines the offset of register from address. It
3162 depends on which part of the data bus is connected to
Marcel Ziswiler11ccc332008-07-09 08:17:15 +02003163 the FDC chipset. (default value 0)
wdenk7f6c2cb2002-11-10 22:06:23 +00003164
Jean-Christophe PLAGNIOL-VILLARD6d0f6bc2008-10-16 15:01:15 +02003165 If CONFIG_SYS_ISA_IO_STRIDE CONFIG_SYS_ISA_IO_OFFSET and
3166 CONFIG_SYS_FDC_DRIVE_NUMBER are undefined, they take their
wdenk43d96162003-03-06 00:02:04 +00003167 default value.
wdenk7f6c2cb2002-11-10 22:06:23 +00003168
Jean-Christophe PLAGNIOL-VILLARD6d0f6bc2008-10-16 15:01:15 +02003169 if CONFIG_SYS_FDC_HW_INIT is defined, then the function
wdenk43d96162003-03-06 00:02:04 +00003170 fdc_hw_init() is called at the beginning of the FDC
3171 setup. fdc_hw_init() must be provided by the board
3172 source code. It is used to make hardware dependant
3173 initializations.
wdenk7f6c2cb2002-11-10 22:06:23 +00003174
Macpaul Lin0abddf82011-04-11 20:45:32 +00003175- CONFIG_IDE_AHB:
3176 Most IDE controllers were designed to be connected with PCI
3177 interface. Only few of them were designed for AHB interface.
3178 When software is doing ATA command and data transfer to
3179 IDE devices through IDE-AHB controller, some additional
3180 registers accessing to these kind of IDE-AHB controller
3181 is requierd.
3182
Jean-Christophe PLAGNIOL-VILLARD6d0f6bc2008-10-16 15:01:15 +02003183- CONFIG_SYS_IMMR: Physical address of the Internal Memory.
wdenkefe2a4d2004-12-16 21:44:03 +00003184 DO NOT CHANGE unless you know exactly what you're
wdenk25d67122004-12-10 11:40:40 +00003185 doing! (11-4) [MPC8xx/82xx systems only]
wdenkc6097192002-11-03 00:24:07 +00003186
Jean-Christophe PLAGNIOL-VILLARD6d0f6bc2008-10-16 15:01:15 +02003187- CONFIG_SYS_INIT_RAM_ADDR:
wdenkc6097192002-11-03 00:24:07 +00003188
wdenk7152b1d2003-09-05 23:19:14 +00003189 Start address of memory area that can be used for
wdenkc6097192002-11-03 00:24:07 +00003190 initial data and stack; please note that this must be
3191 writable memory that is working WITHOUT special
3192 initialization, i. e. you CANNOT use normal RAM which
3193 will become available only after programming the
3194 memory controller and running certain initialization
3195 sequences.
3196
3197 U-Boot uses the following memory types:
3198 - MPC8xx and MPC8260: IMMR (internal memory of the CPU)
3199 - MPC824X: data cache
3200 - PPC4xx: data cache
3201
Jean-Christophe PLAGNIOL-VILLARD6d0f6bc2008-10-16 15:01:15 +02003202- CONFIG_SYS_GBL_DATA_OFFSET:
wdenkc6097192002-11-03 00:24:07 +00003203
3204 Offset of the initial data structure in the memory
Jean-Christophe PLAGNIOL-VILLARD6d0f6bc2008-10-16 15:01:15 +02003205 area defined by CONFIG_SYS_INIT_RAM_ADDR. Usually
3206 CONFIG_SYS_GBL_DATA_OFFSET is chosen such that the initial
wdenkc6097192002-11-03 00:24:07 +00003207 data is located at the end of the available space
Wolfgang Denk553f0982010-10-26 13:32:32 +02003208 (sometimes written as (CONFIG_SYS_INIT_RAM_SIZE -
Jean-Christophe PLAGNIOL-VILLARD6d0f6bc2008-10-16 15:01:15 +02003209 CONFIG_SYS_INIT_DATA_SIZE), and the initial stack is just
3210 below that area (growing from (CONFIG_SYS_INIT_RAM_ADDR +
3211 CONFIG_SYS_GBL_DATA_OFFSET) downward.
wdenkc6097192002-11-03 00:24:07 +00003212
3213 Note:
3214 On the MPC824X (or other systems that use the data
3215 cache for initial memory) the address chosen for
Jean-Christophe PLAGNIOL-VILLARD6d0f6bc2008-10-16 15:01:15 +02003216 CONFIG_SYS_INIT_RAM_ADDR is basically arbitrary - it must
wdenkc6097192002-11-03 00:24:07 +00003217 point to an otherwise UNUSED address space between
3218 the top of RAM and the start of the PCI space.
3219
Jean-Christophe PLAGNIOL-VILLARD6d0f6bc2008-10-16 15:01:15 +02003220- CONFIG_SYS_SIUMCR: SIU Module Configuration (11-6)
wdenkc6097192002-11-03 00:24:07 +00003221
Jean-Christophe PLAGNIOL-VILLARD6d0f6bc2008-10-16 15:01:15 +02003222- CONFIG_SYS_SYPCR: System Protection Control (11-9)
wdenkc6097192002-11-03 00:24:07 +00003223
Jean-Christophe PLAGNIOL-VILLARD6d0f6bc2008-10-16 15:01:15 +02003224- CONFIG_SYS_TBSCR: Time Base Status and Control (11-26)
wdenkc6097192002-11-03 00:24:07 +00003225
Jean-Christophe PLAGNIOL-VILLARD6d0f6bc2008-10-16 15:01:15 +02003226- CONFIG_SYS_PISCR: Periodic Interrupt Status and Control (11-31)
wdenkc6097192002-11-03 00:24:07 +00003227
Jean-Christophe PLAGNIOL-VILLARD6d0f6bc2008-10-16 15:01:15 +02003228- CONFIG_SYS_PLPRCR: PLL, Low-Power, and Reset Control Register (15-30)
wdenkc6097192002-11-03 00:24:07 +00003229
Jean-Christophe PLAGNIOL-VILLARD6d0f6bc2008-10-16 15:01:15 +02003230- CONFIG_SYS_SCCR: System Clock and reset Control Register (15-27)
wdenkc6097192002-11-03 00:24:07 +00003231
Jean-Christophe PLAGNIOL-VILLARD6d0f6bc2008-10-16 15:01:15 +02003232- CONFIG_SYS_OR_TIMING_SDRAM:
wdenkc6097192002-11-03 00:24:07 +00003233 SDRAM timing
3234
Jean-Christophe PLAGNIOL-VILLARD6d0f6bc2008-10-16 15:01:15 +02003235- CONFIG_SYS_MAMR_PTA:
wdenkc6097192002-11-03 00:24:07 +00003236 periodic timer for refresh
3237
Jean-Christophe PLAGNIOL-VILLARD6d0f6bc2008-10-16 15:01:15 +02003238- CONFIG_SYS_DER: Debug Event Register (37-47)
wdenkc6097192002-11-03 00:24:07 +00003239
Jean-Christophe PLAGNIOL-VILLARD6d0f6bc2008-10-16 15:01:15 +02003240- FLASH_BASE0_PRELIM, FLASH_BASE1_PRELIM, CONFIG_SYS_REMAP_OR_AM,
3241 CONFIG_SYS_PRELIM_OR_AM, CONFIG_SYS_OR_TIMING_FLASH, CONFIG_SYS_OR0_REMAP,
3242 CONFIG_SYS_OR0_PRELIM, CONFIG_SYS_BR0_PRELIM, CONFIG_SYS_OR1_REMAP, CONFIG_SYS_OR1_PRELIM,
3243 CONFIG_SYS_BR1_PRELIM:
wdenkc6097192002-11-03 00:24:07 +00003244 Memory Controller Definitions: BR0/1 and OR0/1 (FLASH)
3245
3246- SDRAM_BASE2_PRELIM, SDRAM_BASE3_PRELIM, SDRAM_MAX_SIZE,
Jean-Christophe PLAGNIOL-VILLARD6d0f6bc2008-10-16 15:01:15 +02003247 CONFIG_SYS_OR_TIMING_SDRAM, CONFIG_SYS_OR2_PRELIM, CONFIG_SYS_BR2_PRELIM,
3248 CONFIG_SYS_OR3_PRELIM, CONFIG_SYS_BR3_PRELIM:
wdenkc6097192002-11-03 00:24:07 +00003249 Memory Controller Definitions: BR2/3 and OR2/3 (SDRAM)
3250
Jean-Christophe PLAGNIOL-VILLARD6d0f6bc2008-10-16 15:01:15 +02003251- CONFIG_SYS_MAMR_PTA, CONFIG_SYS_MPTPR_2BK_4K, CONFIG_SYS_MPTPR_1BK_4K, CONFIG_SYS_MPTPR_2BK_8K,
3252 CONFIG_SYS_MPTPR_1BK_8K, CONFIG_SYS_MAMR_8COL, CONFIG_SYS_MAMR_9COL:
wdenkc6097192002-11-03 00:24:07 +00003253 Machine Mode Register and Memory Periodic Timer
3254 Prescaler definitions (SDRAM timing)
3255
Jean-Christophe PLAGNIOL-VILLARD6d0f6bc2008-10-16 15:01:15 +02003256- CONFIG_SYS_I2C_UCODE_PATCH, CONFIG_SYS_I2C_DPMEM_OFFSET [0x1FC0]:
wdenkc6097192002-11-03 00:24:07 +00003257 enable I2C microcode relocation patch (MPC8xx);
3258 define relocation offset in DPRAM [DSP2]
3259
Jean-Christophe PLAGNIOL-VILLARD6d0f6bc2008-10-16 15:01:15 +02003260- CONFIG_SYS_SMC_UCODE_PATCH, CONFIG_SYS_SMC_DPMEM_OFFSET [0x1FC0]:
Heiko Schocherb423d052008-01-11 01:12:07 +01003261 enable SMC microcode relocation patch (MPC8xx);
3262 define relocation offset in DPRAM [SMC1]
3263
Jean-Christophe PLAGNIOL-VILLARD6d0f6bc2008-10-16 15:01:15 +02003264- CONFIG_SYS_SPI_UCODE_PATCH, CONFIG_SYS_SPI_DPMEM_OFFSET [0x1FC0]:
wdenkc6097192002-11-03 00:24:07 +00003265 enable SPI microcode relocation patch (MPC8xx);
3266 define relocation offset in DPRAM [SCC4]
3267
Jean-Christophe PLAGNIOL-VILLARD6d0f6bc2008-10-16 15:01:15 +02003268- CONFIG_SYS_USE_OSCCLK:
wdenkc6097192002-11-03 00:24:07 +00003269 Use OSCM clock mode on MBX8xx board. Be careful,
3270 wrong setting might damage your board. Read
3271 doc/README.MBX before setting this variable!
3272
Jean-Christophe PLAGNIOL-VILLARD6d0f6bc2008-10-16 15:01:15 +02003273- CONFIG_SYS_CPM_POST_WORD_ADDR: (MPC8xx, MPC8260 only)
wdenk43d96162003-03-06 00:02:04 +00003274 Offset of the bootmode word in DPRAM used by post
3275 (Power On Self Tests). This definition overrides
3276 #define'd default value in commproc.h resp.
3277 cpm_8260.h.
wdenkea909b72002-11-21 23:11:29 +00003278
Jean-Christophe PLAGNIOL-VILLARD6d0f6bc2008-10-16 15:01:15 +02003279- CONFIG_SYS_PCI_SLV_MEM_LOCAL, CONFIG_SYS_PCI_SLV_MEM_BUS, CONFIG_SYS_PICMR0_MASK_ATTRIB,
3280 CONFIG_SYS_PCI_MSTR0_LOCAL, CONFIG_SYS_PCIMSK0_MASK, CONFIG_SYS_PCI_MSTR1_LOCAL,
3281 CONFIG_SYS_PCIMSK1_MASK, CONFIG_SYS_PCI_MSTR_MEM_LOCAL, CONFIG_SYS_PCI_MSTR_MEM_BUS,
3282 CONFIG_SYS_CPU_PCI_MEM_START, CONFIG_SYS_PCI_MSTR_MEM_SIZE, CONFIG_SYS_POCMR0_MASK_ATTRIB,
3283 CONFIG_SYS_PCI_MSTR_MEMIO_LOCAL, CONFIG_SYS_PCI_MSTR_MEMIO_BUS, CPU_PCI_MEMIO_START,
3284 CONFIG_SYS_PCI_MSTR_MEMIO_SIZE, CONFIG_SYS_POCMR1_MASK_ATTRIB, CONFIG_SYS_PCI_MSTR_IO_LOCAL,
3285 CONFIG_SYS_PCI_MSTR_IO_BUS, CONFIG_SYS_CPU_PCI_IO_START, CONFIG_SYS_PCI_MSTR_IO_SIZE,
3286 CONFIG_SYS_POCMR2_MASK_ATTRIB: (MPC826x only)
Stefan Roesea47a12b2010-04-15 16:07:28 +02003287 Overrides the default PCI memory map in arch/powerpc/cpu/mpc8260/pci.c if set.
wdenk5d232d02003-05-22 22:52:13 +00003288
Dirk Eibach9cacf4f2009-02-09 08:18:34 +01003289- CONFIG_PCI_DISABLE_PCIE:
3290 Disable PCI-Express on systems where it is supported but not
3291 required.
3292
Kumar Galaa09b9b62010-12-30 12:09:53 -06003293- CONFIG_SYS_SRIO:
3294 Chip has SRIO or not
3295
3296- CONFIG_SRIO1:
3297 Board has SRIO 1 port available
3298
3299- CONFIG_SRIO2:
3300 Board has SRIO 2 port available
3301
3302- CONFIG_SYS_SRIOn_MEM_VIRT:
3303 Virtual Address of SRIO port 'n' memory region
3304
3305- CONFIG_SYS_SRIOn_MEM_PHYS:
3306 Physical Address of SRIO port 'n' memory region
3307
3308- CONFIG_SYS_SRIOn_MEM_SIZE:
3309 Size of SRIO port 'n' memory region
3310
Alex Watermaneced4622011-05-19 15:08:36 -04003311- CONFIG_SYS_NDFC_16
3312 Defined to tell the NDFC that the NAND chip is using a
3313 16 bit bus.
3314
3315- CONFIG_SYS_NDFC_EBC0_CFG
3316 Sets the EBC0_CFG register for the NDFC. If not defined
3317 a default value will be used.
3318
Ben Warrenbb99ad62006-09-07 16:50:54 -04003319- CONFIG_SPD_EEPROM
Wolfgang Denk218ca722008-03-26 10:40:12 +01003320 Get DDR timing information from an I2C EEPROM. Common
3321 with pluggable memory modules such as SODIMMs
3322
Ben Warrenbb99ad62006-09-07 16:50:54 -04003323 SPD_EEPROM_ADDRESS
3324 I2C address of the SPD EEPROM
3325
Jean-Christophe PLAGNIOL-VILLARD6d0f6bc2008-10-16 15:01:15 +02003326- CONFIG_SYS_SPD_BUS_NUM
Wolfgang Denk218ca722008-03-26 10:40:12 +01003327 If SPD EEPROM is on an I2C bus other than the first
3328 one, specify here. Note that the value must resolve
3329 to something your driver can deal with.
Ben Warrenbb99ad62006-09-07 16:50:54 -04003330
York Sun1b3e3c42011-06-07 09:42:16 +08003331- CONFIG_SYS_DDR_RAW_TIMING
3332 Get DDR timing information from other than SPD. Common with
3333 soldered DDR chips onboard without SPD. DDR raw timing
3334 parameters are extracted from datasheet and hard-coded into
3335 header files or board specific files.
3336
York Sun6f5e1dc2011-09-16 13:21:35 -07003337- CONFIG_FSL_DDR_INTERACTIVE
3338 Enable interactive DDR debugging. See doc/README.fsl-ddr.
3339
Jean-Christophe PLAGNIOL-VILLARD6d0f6bc2008-10-16 15:01:15 +02003340- CONFIG_SYS_83XX_DDR_USES_CS0
Wolfgang Denk218ca722008-03-26 10:40:12 +01003341 Only for 83xx systems. If specified, then DDR should
3342 be configured using CS0 and CS1 instead of CS2 and CS3.
Timur Tabi2ad6b512006-10-31 18:44:42 -06003343
wdenkc26e4542004-04-18 10:13:26 +00003344- CONFIG_ETHER_ON_FEC[12]
3345 Define to enable FEC[12] on a 8xx series processor.
3346
3347- CONFIG_FEC[12]_PHY
3348 Define to the hardcoded PHY address which corresponds
wdenk6e592382004-04-18 17:39:38 +00003349 to the given FEC; i. e.
3350 #define CONFIG_FEC1_PHY 4
wdenkc26e4542004-04-18 10:13:26 +00003351 means that the PHY with address 4 is connected to FEC1
3352
3353 When set to -1, means to probe for first available.
3354
3355- CONFIG_FEC[12]_PHY_NORXERR
3356 The PHY does not have a RXERR line (RMII only).
3357 (so program the FEC to ignore it).
3358
3359- CONFIG_RMII
3360 Enable RMII mode for all FECs.
3361 Note that this is a global option, we can't
3362 have one FEC in standard MII mode and another in RMII mode.
3363
wdenk5cf91d62004-04-23 20:32:05 +00003364- CONFIG_CRC32_VERIFY
3365 Add a verify option to the crc32 command.
3366 The syntax is:
3367
3368 => crc32 -v <address> <count> <crc32>
3369
3370 Where address/count indicate a memory area
3371 and crc32 is the correct crc32 which the
3372 area should have.
3373
wdenk56523f12004-07-11 17:40:54 +00003374- CONFIG_LOOPW
3375 Add the "loopw" memory command. This only takes effect if
Jon Loeliger602ad3b2007-06-11 19:03:39 -05003376 the memory commands are activated globally (CONFIG_CMD_MEM).
wdenk56523f12004-07-11 17:40:54 +00003377
stroese7b466642004-12-16 18:46:55 +00003378- CONFIG_MX_CYCLIC
3379 Add the "mdc" and "mwc" memory commands. These are cyclic
3380 "md/mw" commands.
3381 Examples:
3382
wdenkefe2a4d2004-12-16 21:44:03 +00003383 => mdc.b 10 4 500
stroese7b466642004-12-16 18:46:55 +00003384 This command will print 4 bytes (10,11,12,13) each 500 ms.
3385
wdenkefe2a4d2004-12-16 21:44:03 +00003386 => mwc.l 100 12345678 10
stroese7b466642004-12-16 18:46:55 +00003387 This command will write 12345678 to address 100 all 10 ms.
3388
wdenkefe2a4d2004-12-16 21:44:03 +00003389 This only takes effect if the memory commands are activated
Jon Loeliger602ad3b2007-06-11 19:03:39 -05003390 globally (CONFIG_CMD_MEM).
stroese7b466642004-12-16 18:46:55 +00003391
wdenk8aa1a2d2005-04-04 12:44:11 +00003392- CONFIG_SKIP_LOWLEVEL_INIT
Macpaul Linafc1ce82011-10-19 20:41:11 +00003393 [ARM, NDS32, MIPS only] If this variable is defined, then certain
Wolfgang Denk844f07d2010-11-27 23:30:56 +01003394 low level initializations (like setting up the memory
3395 controller) are omitted and/or U-Boot does not
3396 relocate itself into RAM.
wdenk8aa1a2d2005-04-04 12:44:11 +00003397
Wolfgang Denk844f07d2010-11-27 23:30:56 +01003398 Normally this variable MUST NOT be defined. The only
3399 exception is when U-Boot is loaded (to RAM) by some
3400 other boot loader or by a debugger which performs
3401 these initializations itself.
wdenk8aa1a2d2005-04-04 12:44:11 +00003402
Aneesh V401bb302011-07-13 05:11:07 +00003403- CONFIG_SPL_BUILD
Magnus Liljadf812382009-06-13 20:50:00 +02003404 Modifies the behaviour of start.S when compiling a loader
3405 that is executed before the actual U-Boot. E.g. when
3406 compiling a NAND SPL.
wdenk400558b2005-04-02 23:52:25 +00003407
Matthias Weisserd8834a12011-03-10 21:36:32 +00003408- CONFIG_USE_ARCH_MEMCPY
3409 CONFIG_USE_ARCH_MEMSET
3410 If these options are used a optimized version of memcpy/memset will
3411 be used if available. These functions may be faster under some
3412 conditions but may increase the binary size.
3413
Timur Tabif2717b42011-11-22 09:21:25 -06003414Freescale QE/FMAN Firmware Support:
3415-----------------------------------
3416
3417The Freescale QUICCEngine (QE) and Frame Manager (FMAN) both support the
3418loading of "firmware", which is encoded in the QE firmware binary format.
3419This firmware often needs to be loaded during U-Boot booting, so macros
3420are used to identify the storage device (NOR flash, SPI, etc) and the address
3421within that device.
3422
3423- CONFIG_SYS_QE_FMAN_FW_ADDR
3424 The address in the storage device where the firmware is located. The
3425 meaning of this address depends on which CONFIG_SYS_QE_FW_IN_xxx macro
3426 is also specified.
3427
3428- CONFIG_SYS_QE_FMAN_FW_LENGTH
3429 The maximum possible size of the firmware. The firmware binary format
3430 has a field that specifies the actual size of the firmware, but it
3431 might not be possible to read any part of the firmware unless some
3432 local storage is allocated to hold the entire firmware first.
3433
3434- CONFIG_SYS_QE_FMAN_FW_IN_NOR
3435 Specifies that QE/FMAN firmware is located in NOR flash, mapped as
3436 normal addressable memory via the LBC. CONFIG_SYS_FMAN_FW_ADDR is the
3437 virtual address in NOR flash.
3438
3439- CONFIG_SYS_QE_FMAN_FW_IN_NAND
3440 Specifies that QE/FMAN firmware is located in NAND flash.
3441 CONFIG_SYS_FMAN_FW_ADDR is the offset within NAND flash.
3442
3443- CONFIG_SYS_QE_FMAN_FW_IN_MMC
3444 Specifies that QE/FMAN firmware is located on the primary SD/MMC
3445 device. CONFIG_SYS_FMAN_FW_ADDR is the byte offset on that device.
3446
3447- CONFIG_SYS_QE_FMAN_FW_IN_SPIFLASH
3448 Specifies that QE/FMAN firmware is located on the primary SPI
3449 device. CONFIG_SYS_FMAN_FW_ADDR is the byte offset on that device.
3450
3451
wdenkc6097192002-11-03 00:24:07 +00003452Building the Software:
3453======================
3454
Wolfgang Denk218ca722008-03-26 10:40:12 +01003455Building U-Boot has been tested in several native build environments
3456and in many different cross environments. Of course we cannot support
3457all possibly existing versions of cross development tools in all
3458(potentially obsolete) versions. In case of tool chain problems we
3459recommend to use the ELDK (see http://www.denx.de/wiki/DULG/ELDK)
3460which is extensively used to build and test U-Boot.
wdenkc6097192002-11-03 00:24:07 +00003461
Wolfgang Denk218ca722008-03-26 10:40:12 +01003462If you are not using a native environment, it is assumed that you
3463have GNU cross compiling tools available in your path. In this case,
3464you must set the environment variable CROSS_COMPILE in your shell.
3465Note that no changes to the Makefile or any other source files are
3466necessary. For example using the ELDK on a 4xx CPU, please enter:
wdenkc6097192002-11-03 00:24:07 +00003467
Wolfgang Denk218ca722008-03-26 10:40:12 +01003468 $ CROSS_COMPILE=ppc_4xx-
3469 $ export CROSS_COMPILE
wdenkc6097192002-11-03 00:24:07 +00003470
Peter Tyser2f8d3962009-03-13 18:54:51 -05003471Note: If you wish to generate Windows versions of the utilities in
3472 the tools directory you can use the MinGW toolchain
3473 (http://www.mingw.org). Set your HOST tools to the MinGW
3474 toolchain and execute 'make tools'. For example:
3475
3476 $ make HOSTCC=i586-mingw32msvc-gcc HOSTSTRIP=i586-mingw32msvc-strip tools
3477
3478 Binaries such as tools/mkimage.exe will be created which can
3479 be executed on computers running Windows.
3480
Wolfgang Denk218ca722008-03-26 10:40:12 +01003481U-Boot is intended to be simple to build. After installing the
3482sources you must configure U-Boot for one specific board type. This
wdenkc6097192002-11-03 00:24:07 +00003483is done by typing:
3484
3485 make NAME_config
3486
Wolfgang Denk218ca722008-03-26 10:40:12 +01003487where "NAME_config" is the name of one of the existing configu-
3488rations; see the main Makefile for supported names.
wdenk54387ac2003-10-08 22:45:44 +00003489
wdenk2729af92004-05-03 20:45:30 +00003490Note: for some board special configuration names may exist; check if
3491 additional information is available from the board vendor; for
3492 instance, the TQM823L systems are available without (standard)
3493 or with LCD support. You can select such additional "features"
Marcel Ziswiler11ccc332008-07-09 08:17:15 +02003494 when choosing the configuration, i. e.
wdenkc6097192002-11-03 00:24:07 +00003495
wdenk2729af92004-05-03 20:45:30 +00003496 make TQM823L_config
3497 - will configure for a plain TQM823L, i. e. no LCD support
wdenkc6097192002-11-03 00:24:07 +00003498
wdenk2729af92004-05-03 20:45:30 +00003499 make TQM823L_LCD_config
3500 - will configure for a TQM823L with U-Boot console on LCD
wdenkc6097192002-11-03 00:24:07 +00003501
wdenk2729af92004-05-03 20:45:30 +00003502 etc.
wdenkc6097192002-11-03 00:24:07 +00003503
wdenkc6097192002-11-03 00:24:07 +00003504
wdenk2729af92004-05-03 20:45:30 +00003505Finally, type "make all", and you should get some working U-Boot
3506images ready for download to / installation on your system:
wdenkc6097192002-11-03 00:24:07 +00003507
wdenk2729af92004-05-03 20:45:30 +00003508- "u-boot.bin" is a raw binary image
3509- "u-boot" is an image in ELF binary format
3510- "u-boot.srec" is in Motorola S-Record format
wdenkc6097192002-11-03 00:24:07 +00003511
Marian Balakowiczbaf31242006-09-07 17:25:40 +02003512By default the build is performed locally and the objects are saved
3513in the source directory. One of the two methods can be used to change
3514this behavior and build U-Boot to some external directory:
3515
35161. Add O= to the make command line invocations:
3517
3518 make O=/tmp/build distclean
3519 make O=/tmp/build NAME_config
3520 make O=/tmp/build all
3521
35222. Set environment variable BUILD_DIR to point to the desired location:
3523
3524 export BUILD_DIR=/tmp/build
3525 make distclean
3526 make NAME_config
3527 make all
3528
3529Note that the command line "O=" setting overrides the BUILD_DIR environment
3530variable.
3531
wdenkc6097192002-11-03 00:24:07 +00003532
wdenk2729af92004-05-03 20:45:30 +00003533Please be aware that the Makefiles assume you are using GNU make, so
3534for instance on NetBSD you might need to use "gmake" instead of
3535native "make".
wdenkc6097192002-11-03 00:24:07 +00003536
wdenkc6097192002-11-03 00:24:07 +00003537
wdenk2729af92004-05-03 20:45:30 +00003538If the system board that you have is not listed, then you will need
3539to port U-Boot to your hardware platform. To do this, follow these
3540steps:
wdenkc6097192002-11-03 00:24:07 +00003541
wdenk2729af92004-05-03 20:45:30 +000035421. Add a new configuration option for your board to the toplevel
3543 "Makefile" and to the "MAKEALL" script, using the existing
3544 entries as examples. Note that here and at many other places
3545 boards and other names are listed in alphabetical sort order. Please
3546 keep this order.
35472. Create a new directory to hold your board specific code. Add any
3548 files you need. In your board directory, you will need at least
3549 the "Makefile", a "<board>.c", "flash.c" and "u-boot.lds".
35503. Create a new configuration file "include/configs/<board>.h" for
3551 your board
35523. If you're porting U-Boot to a new CPU, then also create a new
3553 directory to hold your CPU specific code. Add any files you need.
35544. Run "make <board>_config" with your new name.
35555. Type "make", and you should get a working "u-boot.srec" file
3556 to be installed on your target system.
35576. Debug and solve any problems that might arise.
3558 [Of course, this last step is much harder than it sounds.]
wdenkc6097192002-11-03 00:24:07 +00003559
wdenkc6097192002-11-03 00:24:07 +00003560
wdenk2729af92004-05-03 20:45:30 +00003561Testing of U-Boot Modifications, Ports to New Hardware, etc.:
3562==============================================================
wdenkc6097192002-11-03 00:24:07 +00003563
Wolfgang Denk218ca722008-03-26 10:40:12 +01003564If you have modified U-Boot sources (for instance added a new board
3565or support for new devices, a new CPU, etc.) you are expected to
wdenk2729af92004-05-03 20:45:30 +00003566provide feedback to the other developers. The feedback normally takes
3567the form of a "patch", i. e. a context diff against a certain (latest
Wolfgang Denk218ca722008-03-26 10:40:12 +01003568official or latest in the git repository) version of U-Boot sources.
wdenkc6097192002-11-03 00:24:07 +00003569
Wolfgang Denk218ca722008-03-26 10:40:12 +01003570But before you submit such a patch, please verify that your modifi-
3571cation did not break existing code. At least make sure that *ALL* of
wdenk2729af92004-05-03 20:45:30 +00003572the supported boards compile WITHOUT ANY compiler warnings. To do so,
3573just run the "MAKEALL" script, which will configure and build U-Boot
Wolfgang Denk218ca722008-03-26 10:40:12 +01003574for ALL supported system. Be warned, this will take a while. You can
3575select which (cross) compiler to use by passing a `CROSS_COMPILE'
3576environment variable to the script, i. e. to use the ELDK cross tools
3577you can type
wdenkc6097192002-11-03 00:24:07 +00003578
wdenk2729af92004-05-03 20:45:30 +00003579 CROSS_COMPILE=ppc_8xx- MAKEALL
wdenkc6097192002-11-03 00:24:07 +00003580
wdenk2729af92004-05-03 20:45:30 +00003581or to build on a native PowerPC system you can type
wdenkc6097192002-11-03 00:24:07 +00003582
wdenk2729af92004-05-03 20:45:30 +00003583 CROSS_COMPILE=' ' MAKEALL
wdenkc6097192002-11-03 00:24:07 +00003584
Wolfgang Denk218ca722008-03-26 10:40:12 +01003585When using the MAKEALL script, the default behaviour is to build
3586U-Boot in the source directory. This location can be changed by
3587setting the BUILD_DIR environment variable. Also, for each target
3588built, the MAKEALL script saves two log files (<target>.ERR and
3589<target>.MAKEALL) in the <source dir>/LOG directory. This default
3590location can be changed by setting the MAKEALL_LOGDIR environment
3591variable. For example:
Marian Balakowiczbaf31242006-09-07 17:25:40 +02003592
3593 export BUILD_DIR=/tmp/build
3594 export MAKEALL_LOGDIR=/tmp/log
3595 CROSS_COMPILE=ppc_8xx- MAKEALL
3596
Wolfgang Denk218ca722008-03-26 10:40:12 +01003597With the above settings build objects are saved in the /tmp/build,
3598log files are saved in the /tmp/log and the source tree remains clean
3599during the whole build process.
Marian Balakowiczbaf31242006-09-07 17:25:40 +02003600
3601
wdenk2729af92004-05-03 20:45:30 +00003602See also "U-Boot Porting Guide" below.
wdenkc6097192002-11-03 00:24:07 +00003603
wdenkc6097192002-11-03 00:24:07 +00003604
wdenk2729af92004-05-03 20:45:30 +00003605Monitor Commands - Overview:
3606============================
wdenkc6097192002-11-03 00:24:07 +00003607
wdenk2729af92004-05-03 20:45:30 +00003608go - start application at address 'addr'
3609run - run commands in an environment variable
3610bootm - boot application image from memory
3611bootp - boot image via network using BootP/TFTP protocol
Marek Vasut44f074c2012-03-14 21:52:45 +00003612bootz - boot zImage from memory
wdenk2729af92004-05-03 20:45:30 +00003613tftpboot- boot image via network using TFTP protocol
3614 and env variables "ipaddr" and "serverip"
3615 (and eventually "gatewayip")
Simon Glass1fb7cd42011-10-24 18:00:07 +00003616tftpput - upload a file via network using TFTP protocol
wdenk2729af92004-05-03 20:45:30 +00003617rarpboot- boot image via network using RARP/TFTP protocol
3618diskboot- boot from IDE devicebootd - boot default, i.e., run 'bootcmd'
3619loads - load S-Record file over serial line
3620loadb - load binary file over serial line (kermit mode)
3621md - memory display
3622mm - memory modify (auto-incrementing)
3623nm - memory modify (constant address)
3624mw - memory write (fill)
3625cp - memory copy
3626cmp - memory compare
3627crc32 - checksum calculation
Peter Tyser0f89c542009-04-18 22:34:03 -05003628i2c - I2C sub-system
wdenk2729af92004-05-03 20:45:30 +00003629sspi - SPI utility commands
3630base - print or set address offset
3631printenv- print environment variables
3632setenv - set environment variables
3633saveenv - save environment variables to persistent storage
3634protect - enable or disable FLASH write protection
3635erase - erase FLASH memory
3636flinfo - print FLASH memory information
3637bdinfo - print Board Info structure
3638iminfo - print header information for application image
3639coninfo - print console devices and informations
3640ide - IDE sub-system
3641loop - infinite loop on address range
wdenk56523f12004-07-11 17:40:54 +00003642loopw - infinite write loop on address range
wdenk2729af92004-05-03 20:45:30 +00003643mtest - simple RAM test
3644icache - enable or disable instruction cache
3645dcache - enable or disable data cache
3646reset - Perform RESET of the CPU
3647echo - echo args to console
3648version - print monitor version
3649help - print online help
3650? - alias for 'help'
wdenkc6097192002-11-03 00:24:07 +00003651
wdenkc6097192002-11-03 00:24:07 +00003652
wdenk2729af92004-05-03 20:45:30 +00003653Monitor Commands - Detailed Description:
3654========================================
wdenkc6097192002-11-03 00:24:07 +00003655
wdenk2729af92004-05-03 20:45:30 +00003656TODO.
wdenkc6097192002-11-03 00:24:07 +00003657
wdenk2729af92004-05-03 20:45:30 +00003658For now: just type "help <command>".
wdenkc6097192002-11-03 00:24:07 +00003659
3660
wdenk2729af92004-05-03 20:45:30 +00003661Environment Variables:
3662======================
wdenkc6097192002-11-03 00:24:07 +00003663
wdenk2729af92004-05-03 20:45:30 +00003664U-Boot supports user configuration using Environment Variables which
3665can be made persistent by saving to Flash memory.
wdenkc6097192002-11-03 00:24:07 +00003666
wdenk2729af92004-05-03 20:45:30 +00003667Environment Variables are set using "setenv", printed using
3668"printenv", and saved to Flash using "saveenv". Using "setenv"
3669without a value can be used to delete a variable from the
3670environment. As long as you don't save the environment you are
3671working with an in-memory copy. In case the Flash area containing the
3672environment is erased by accident, a default environment is provided.
wdenkc6097192002-11-03 00:24:07 +00003673
Wolfgang Denkc96f86e2010-01-17 23:55:53 +01003674Some configuration options can be set using Environment Variables.
3675
3676List of environment variables (most likely not complete):
wdenkc6097192002-11-03 00:24:07 +00003677
wdenk2729af92004-05-03 20:45:30 +00003678 baudrate - see CONFIG_BAUDRATE
wdenkc6097192002-11-03 00:24:07 +00003679
wdenk2729af92004-05-03 20:45:30 +00003680 bootdelay - see CONFIG_BOOTDELAY
wdenkc6097192002-11-03 00:24:07 +00003681
wdenk2729af92004-05-03 20:45:30 +00003682 bootcmd - see CONFIG_BOOTCOMMAND
wdenkc6097192002-11-03 00:24:07 +00003683
wdenk2729af92004-05-03 20:45:30 +00003684 bootargs - Boot arguments when booting an RTOS image
wdenkc6097192002-11-03 00:24:07 +00003685
wdenk2729af92004-05-03 20:45:30 +00003686 bootfile - Name of the image to load with TFTP
wdenkc6097192002-11-03 00:24:07 +00003687
Bartlomiej Sieka7d721e32008-04-14 15:44:16 +02003688 bootm_low - Memory range available for image processing in the bootm
3689 command can be restricted. This variable is given as
3690 a hexadecimal number and defines lowest address allowed
3691 for use by the bootm command. See also "bootm_size"
3692 environment variable. Address defined by "bootm_low" is
3693 also the base of the initial memory mapping for the Linux
Grant Likelyc3624e62011-03-28 09:58:43 +00003694 kernel -- see the description of CONFIG_SYS_BOOTMAPSZ and
3695 bootm_mapsize.
3696
Wolfgang Denkc0f40852011-10-26 10:21:21 +00003697 bootm_mapsize - Size of the initial memory mapping for the Linux kernel.
Grant Likelyc3624e62011-03-28 09:58:43 +00003698 This variable is given as a hexadecimal number and it
3699 defines the size of the memory region starting at base
3700 address bootm_low that is accessible by the Linux kernel
3701 during early boot. If unset, CONFIG_SYS_BOOTMAPSZ is used
3702 as the default value if it is defined, and bootm_size is
3703 used otherwise.
Bartlomiej Sieka7d721e32008-04-14 15:44:16 +02003704
3705 bootm_size - Memory range available for image processing in the bootm
3706 command can be restricted. This variable is given as
3707 a hexadecimal number and defines the size of the region
3708 allowed for use by the bootm command. See also "bootm_low"
3709 environment variable.
3710
Bartlomiej Sieka4bae9092008-10-01 15:26:31 +02003711 updatefile - Location of the software update file on a TFTP server, used
3712 by the automatic software update feature. Please refer to
3713 documentation in doc/README.update for more details.
3714
wdenk2729af92004-05-03 20:45:30 +00003715 autoload - if set to "no" (any string beginning with 'n'),
3716 "bootp" will just load perform a lookup of the
3717 configuration from the BOOTP server, but not try to
3718 load any image using TFTP
wdenkc6097192002-11-03 00:24:07 +00003719
wdenk2729af92004-05-03 20:45:30 +00003720 autostart - if set to "yes", an image loaded using the "bootp",
3721 "rarpboot", "tftpboot" or "diskboot" commands will
3722 be automatically started (by internally calling
3723 "bootm")
wdenkc6097192002-11-03 00:24:07 +00003724
wdenk2729af92004-05-03 20:45:30 +00003725 If set to "no", a standalone image passed to the
3726 "bootm" command will be copied to the load address
3727 (and eventually uncompressed), but NOT be started.
3728 This can be used to load and uncompress arbitrary
3729 data.
wdenkc6097192002-11-03 00:24:07 +00003730
David A. Longa28afca2011-07-09 16:40:19 -04003731 fdt_high - if set this restricts the maximum address that the
3732 flattened device tree will be copied into upon boot.
Shawn Guofa34f6b2012-01-09 21:54:08 +00003733 For example, if you have a system with 1 GB memory
3734 at physical address 0x10000000, while Linux kernel
3735 only recognizes the first 704 MB as low memory, you
3736 may need to set fdt_high as 0x3C000000 to have the
3737 device tree blob be copied to the maximum address
3738 of the 704 MB low memory, so that Linux kernel can
3739 access it during the boot procedure.
3740
David A. Longa28afca2011-07-09 16:40:19 -04003741 If this is set to the special value 0xFFFFFFFF then
3742 the fdt will not be copied at all on boot. For this
3743 to work it must reside in writable memory, have
3744 sufficient padding on the end of it for u-boot to
3745 add the information it needs into it, and the memory
3746 must be accessible by the kernel.
3747
Simon Glasseea63e02011-10-24 19:15:34 +00003748 fdtcontroladdr- if set this is the address of the control flattened
3749 device tree used by U-Boot when CONFIG_OF_CONTROL is
3750 defined.
3751
wdenk17ea1172004-06-06 21:51:03 +00003752 i2cfast - (PPC405GP|PPC405EP only)
3753 if set to 'y' configures Linux I2C driver for fast
3754 mode (400kHZ). This environment variable is used in
3755 initialization code. So, for changes to be effective
3756 it must be saved and board must be reset.
3757
wdenk2729af92004-05-03 20:45:30 +00003758 initrd_high - restrict positioning of initrd images:
3759 If this variable is not set, initrd images will be
3760 copied to the highest possible address in RAM; this
3761 is usually what you want since it allows for
3762 maximum initrd size. If for some reason you want to
3763 make sure that the initrd image is loaded below the
Jean-Christophe PLAGNIOL-VILLARD6d0f6bc2008-10-16 15:01:15 +02003764 CONFIG_SYS_BOOTMAPSZ limit, you can set this environment
wdenk2729af92004-05-03 20:45:30 +00003765 variable to a value of "no" or "off" or "0".
3766 Alternatively, you can set it to a maximum upper
3767 address to use (U-Boot will still check that it
3768 does not overwrite the U-Boot stack and data).
wdenkc6097192002-11-03 00:24:07 +00003769
wdenk2729af92004-05-03 20:45:30 +00003770 For instance, when you have a system with 16 MB
3771 RAM, and want to reserve 4 MB from use by Linux,
3772 you can do this by adding "mem=12M" to the value of
3773 the "bootargs" variable. However, now you must make
3774 sure that the initrd image is placed in the first
3775 12 MB as well - this can be done with
wdenkc6097192002-11-03 00:24:07 +00003776
wdenk2729af92004-05-03 20:45:30 +00003777 setenv initrd_high 00c00000
wdenkc6097192002-11-03 00:24:07 +00003778
wdenk2729af92004-05-03 20:45:30 +00003779 If you set initrd_high to 0xFFFFFFFF, this is an
3780 indication to U-Boot that all addresses are legal
3781 for the Linux kernel, including addresses in flash
3782 memory. In this case U-Boot will NOT COPY the
3783 ramdisk at all. This may be useful to reduce the
3784 boot time on your system, but requires that this
3785 feature is supported by your Linux kernel.
wdenk4a6fd342003-04-12 23:38:12 +00003786
wdenk2729af92004-05-03 20:45:30 +00003787 ipaddr - IP address; needed for tftpboot command
wdenkc6097192002-11-03 00:24:07 +00003788
wdenk2729af92004-05-03 20:45:30 +00003789 loadaddr - Default load address for commands like "bootp",
3790 "rarpboot", "tftpboot", "loadb" or "diskboot"
wdenkc6097192002-11-03 00:24:07 +00003791
wdenk2729af92004-05-03 20:45:30 +00003792 loads_echo - see CONFIG_LOADS_ECHO
wdenkc6097192002-11-03 00:24:07 +00003793
wdenk2729af92004-05-03 20:45:30 +00003794 serverip - TFTP server IP address; needed for tftpboot command
wdenk38b99262003-05-23 23:18:21 +00003795
wdenk2729af92004-05-03 20:45:30 +00003796 bootretry - see CONFIG_BOOT_RETRY_TIME
wdenkc6097192002-11-03 00:24:07 +00003797
wdenk2729af92004-05-03 20:45:30 +00003798 bootdelaykey - see CONFIG_AUTOBOOT_DELAY_STR
wdenkc6097192002-11-03 00:24:07 +00003799
wdenk2729af92004-05-03 20:45:30 +00003800 bootstopkey - see CONFIG_AUTOBOOT_STOP_STR
wdenkc6097192002-11-03 00:24:07 +00003801
Mike Frysingere2a53452011-10-02 10:01:27 +00003802 ethprime - controls which interface is used first.
wdenkc6097192002-11-03 00:24:07 +00003803
Mike Frysingere2a53452011-10-02 10:01:27 +00003804 ethact - controls which interface is currently active.
3805 For example you can do the following
wdenkc6097192002-11-03 00:24:07 +00003806
Heiko Schocher48690d82010-07-20 17:45:02 +02003807 => setenv ethact FEC
3808 => ping 192.168.0.1 # traffic sent on FEC
3809 => setenv ethact SCC
3810 => ping 10.0.0.1 # traffic sent on SCC
wdenkc6097192002-11-03 00:24:07 +00003811
Matthias Fuchse1692572008-01-17 07:45:05 +01003812 ethrotate - When set to "no" U-Boot does not go through all
3813 available network interfaces.
3814 It just stays at the currently selected interface.
3815
Wolfgang Denkc96f86e2010-01-17 23:55:53 +01003816 netretry - When set to "no" each network operation will
wdenk2729af92004-05-03 20:45:30 +00003817 either succeed or fail without retrying.
3818 When set to "once" the network operation will
3819 fail when all the available network interfaces
3820 are tried once without success.
3821 Useful on scripts which control the retry operation
3822 themselves.
wdenkc6097192002-11-03 00:24:07 +00003823
Jean-Christophe PLAGNIOL-VILLARDb4e2f892009-01-31 09:53:39 +01003824 npe_ucode - set load address for the NPE microcode
Jean-Christophe PLAGNIOL-VILLARDa1cf0272008-01-07 08:41:34 +01003825
Wolfgang Denk28cb9372005-09-24 23:25:46 +02003826 tftpsrcport - If this is set, the value is used for TFTP's
Wolfgang Denkecb0ccd2005-09-24 22:37:32 +02003827 UDP source port.
3828
Wolfgang Denk28cb9372005-09-24 23:25:46 +02003829 tftpdstport - If this is set, the value is used for TFTP's UDP
3830 destination port instead of the Well Know Port 69.
3831
Wolfgang Denkc96f86e2010-01-17 23:55:53 +01003832 tftpblocksize - Block size to use for TFTP transfers; if not set,
3833 we use the TFTP server's default block size
3834
3835 tftptimeout - Retransmission timeout for TFTP packets (in milli-
3836 seconds, minimum value is 1000 = 1 second). Defines
3837 when a packet is considered to be lost so it has to
3838 be retransmitted. The default is 5000 = 5 seconds.
3839 Lowering this value may make downloads succeed
3840 faster in networks with high packet loss rates or
3841 with unreliable TFTP servers.
3842
3843 vlan - When set to a value < 4095 the traffic over
Marcel Ziswiler11ccc332008-07-09 08:17:15 +02003844 Ethernet is encapsulated/received over 802.1q
wdenk2729af92004-05-03 20:45:30 +00003845 VLAN tagged frames.
wdenka3d991b2004-04-15 21:48:45 +00003846
Jason Hobbsdc0b7b02011-08-31 05:37:28 +00003847The following image location variables contain the location of images
3848used in booting. The "Image" column gives the role of the image and is
3849not an environment variable name. The other columns are environment
3850variable names. "File Name" gives the name of the file on a TFTP
3851server, "RAM Address" gives the location in RAM the image will be
3852loaded to, and "Flash Location" gives the image's address in NOR
3853flash or offset in NAND flash.
3854
3855*Note* - these variables don't have to be defined for all boards, some
3856boards currenlty use other variables for these purposes, and some
3857boards use these variables for other purposes.
3858
Wolfgang Denkc0f40852011-10-26 10:21:21 +00003859Image File Name RAM Address Flash Location
3860----- --------- ----------- --------------
3861u-boot u-boot u-boot_addr_r u-boot_addr
3862Linux kernel bootfile kernel_addr_r kernel_addr
3863device tree blob fdtfile fdt_addr_r fdt_addr
3864ramdisk ramdiskfile ramdisk_addr_r ramdisk_addr
Jason Hobbsdc0b7b02011-08-31 05:37:28 +00003865
wdenk2729af92004-05-03 20:45:30 +00003866The following environment variables may be used and automatically
3867updated by the network boot commands ("bootp" and "rarpboot"),
3868depending the information provided by your boot server:
wdenka3d991b2004-04-15 21:48:45 +00003869
wdenk2729af92004-05-03 20:45:30 +00003870 bootfile - see above
3871 dnsip - IP address of your Domain Name Server
3872 dnsip2 - IP address of your secondary Domain Name Server
3873 gatewayip - IP address of the Gateway (Router) to use
3874 hostname - Target hostname
3875 ipaddr - see above
3876 netmask - Subnet Mask
3877 rootpath - Pathname of the root filesystem on the NFS server
3878 serverip - see above
wdenka3d991b2004-04-15 21:48:45 +00003879
wdenka3d991b2004-04-15 21:48:45 +00003880
wdenk2729af92004-05-03 20:45:30 +00003881There are two special Environment Variables:
wdenkc6097192002-11-03 00:24:07 +00003882
wdenk2729af92004-05-03 20:45:30 +00003883 serial# - contains hardware identification information such
3884 as type string and/or serial number
3885 ethaddr - Ethernet address
wdenkc6097192002-11-03 00:24:07 +00003886
wdenk2729af92004-05-03 20:45:30 +00003887These variables can be set only once (usually during manufacturing of
3888the board). U-Boot refuses to delete or overwrite these variables
3889once they have been set once.
wdenkc6097192002-11-03 00:24:07 +00003890
3891
wdenk2729af92004-05-03 20:45:30 +00003892Further special Environment Variables:
wdenkc6097192002-11-03 00:24:07 +00003893
wdenk2729af92004-05-03 20:45:30 +00003894 ver - Contains the U-Boot version string as printed
3895 with the "version" command. This variable is
3896 readonly (see CONFIG_VERSION_VARIABLE).
wdenkc6097192002-11-03 00:24:07 +00003897
wdenkc6097192002-11-03 00:24:07 +00003898
wdenk2729af92004-05-03 20:45:30 +00003899Please note that changes to some configuration parameters may take
3900only effect after the next boot (yes, that's just like Windoze :-).
wdenkc6097192002-11-03 00:24:07 +00003901
stroesec1551ea2003-04-04 15:53:41 +00003902
wdenk2729af92004-05-03 20:45:30 +00003903Command Line Parsing:
3904=====================
stroesec1551ea2003-04-04 15:53:41 +00003905
wdenk2729af92004-05-03 20:45:30 +00003906There are two different command line parsers available with U-Boot:
3907the old "simple" one, and the much more powerful "hush" shell:
stroesec1551ea2003-04-04 15:53:41 +00003908
wdenk2729af92004-05-03 20:45:30 +00003909Old, simple command line parser:
3910--------------------------------
wdenkc6097192002-11-03 00:24:07 +00003911
wdenk2729af92004-05-03 20:45:30 +00003912- supports environment variables (through setenv / saveenv commands)
3913- several commands on one line, separated by ';'
Wolfgang Denkfe126d82005-11-20 21:40:11 +01003914- variable substitution using "... ${name} ..." syntax
wdenk2729af92004-05-03 20:45:30 +00003915- special characters ('$', ';') can be escaped by prefixing with '\',
3916 for example:
Wolfgang Denkfe126d82005-11-20 21:40:11 +01003917 setenv bootcmd bootm \${address}
wdenk2729af92004-05-03 20:45:30 +00003918- You can also escape text by enclosing in single apostrophes, for example:
3919 setenv addip 'setenv bootargs $bootargs ip=$ipaddr:$serverip:$gatewayip:$netmask:$hostname::off'
wdenkc6097192002-11-03 00:24:07 +00003920
wdenk2729af92004-05-03 20:45:30 +00003921Hush shell:
3922-----------
wdenkf07771c2003-05-28 08:06:31 +00003923
wdenk2729af92004-05-03 20:45:30 +00003924- similar to Bourne shell, with control structures like
3925 if...then...else...fi, for...do...done; while...do...done,
3926 until...do...done, ...
3927- supports environment ("global") variables (through setenv / saveenv
3928 commands) and local shell variables (through standard shell syntax
3929 "name=value"); only environment variables can be used with "run"
3930 command
wdenkf07771c2003-05-28 08:06:31 +00003931
wdenk2729af92004-05-03 20:45:30 +00003932General rules:
3933--------------
wdenkf07771c2003-05-28 08:06:31 +00003934
wdenk2729af92004-05-03 20:45:30 +00003935(1) If a command line (or an environment variable executed by a "run"
3936 command) contains several commands separated by semicolon, and
3937 one of these commands fails, then the remaining commands will be
3938 executed anyway.
wdenkf07771c2003-05-28 08:06:31 +00003939
wdenk2729af92004-05-03 20:45:30 +00003940(2) If you execute several variables with one call to run (i. e.
Marcel Ziswiler11ccc332008-07-09 08:17:15 +02003941 calling run with a list of variables as arguments), any failing
wdenk2729af92004-05-03 20:45:30 +00003942 command will cause "run" to terminate, i. e. the remaining
3943 variables are not executed.
wdenkf07771c2003-05-28 08:06:31 +00003944
wdenk2729af92004-05-03 20:45:30 +00003945Note for Redundant Ethernet Interfaces:
3946=======================================
wdenkf07771c2003-05-28 08:06:31 +00003947
Marcel Ziswiler11ccc332008-07-09 08:17:15 +02003948Some boards come with redundant Ethernet interfaces; U-Boot supports
wdenk2729af92004-05-03 20:45:30 +00003949such configurations and is capable of automatic selection of a
3950"working" interface when needed. MAC assignment works as follows:
wdenkf07771c2003-05-28 08:06:31 +00003951
wdenk2729af92004-05-03 20:45:30 +00003952Network interfaces are numbered eth0, eth1, eth2, ... Corresponding
3953MAC addresses can be stored in the environment as "ethaddr" (=>eth0),
3954"eth1addr" (=>eth1), "eth2addr", ...
wdenkf07771c2003-05-28 08:06:31 +00003955
wdenk2729af92004-05-03 20:45:30 +00003956If the network interface stores some valid MAC address (for instance
3957in SROM), this is used as default address if there is NO correspon-
3958ding setting in the environment; if the corresponding environment
3959variable is set, this overrides the settings in the card; that means:
wdenkf07771c2003-05-28 08:06:31 +00003960
wdenk2729af92004-05-03 20:45:30 +00003961o If the SROM has a valid MAC address, and there is no address in the
3962 environment, the SROM's address is used.
wdenkc6097192002-11-03 00:24:07 +00003963
wdenk2729af92004-05-03 20:45:30 +00003964o If there is no valid address in the SROM, and a definition in the
3965 environment exists, then the value from the environment variable is
3966 used.
wdenkc6097192002-11-03 00:24:07 +00003967
wdenk2729af92004-05-03 20:45:30 +00003968o If both the SROM and the environment contain a MAC address, and
3969 both addresses are the same, this MAC address is used.
wdenkc6097192002-11-03 00:24:07 +00003970
wdenk2729af92004-05-03 20:45:30 +00003971o If both the SROM and the environment contain a MAC address, and the
3972 addresses differ, the value from the environment is used and a
3973 warning is printed.
wdenkc6097192002-11-03 00:24:07 +00003974
wdenk2729af92004-05-03 20:45:30 +00003975o If neither SROM nor the environment contain a MAC address, an error
3976 is raised.
wdenkc6097192002-11-03 00:24:07 +00003977
Ben Warrenecee9322010-04-26 11:11:46 -07003978If Ethernet drivers implement the 'write_hwaddr' function, valid MAC addresses
Wolfgang Denkc0f40852011-10-26 10:21:21 +00003979will be programmed into hardware as part of the initialization process. This
Ben Warrenecee9322010-04-26 11:11:46 -07003980may be skipped by setting the appropriate 'ethmacskip' environment variable.
3981The naming convention is as follows:
3982"ethmacskip" (=>eth0), "eth1macskip" (=>eth1) etc.
wdenkc6097192002-11-03 00:24:07 +00003983
wdenk2729af92004-05-03 20:45:30 +00003984Image Formats:
3985==============
wdenkc6097192002-11-03 00:24:07 +00003986
Marian Balakowicz3310c542008-03-12 12:13:13 +01003987U-Boot is capable of booting (and performing other auxiliary operations on)
3988images in two formats:
3989
3990New uImage format (FIT)
3991-----------------------
3992
3993Flexible and powerful format based on Flattened Image Tree -- FIT (similar
3994to Flattened Device Tree). It allows the use of images with multiple
3995components (several kernels, ramdisks, etc.), with contents protected by
3996SHA1, MD5 or CRC32. More details are found in the doc/uImage.FIT directory.
3997
3998
3999Old uImage format
4000-----------------
4001
4002Old image format is based on binary files which can be basically anything,
4003preceded by a special header; see the definitions in include/image.h for
4004details; basically, the header defines the following image properties:
wdenkc6097192002-11-03 00:24:07 +00004005
wdenk2729af92004-05-03 20:45:30 +00004006* Target Operating System (Provisions for OpenBSD, NetBSD, FreeBSD,
4007 4.4BSD, Linux, SVR4, Esix, Solaris, Irix, SCO, Dell, NCR, VxWorks,
Peter Tyserf5ed9e32008-09-08 14:56:49 -05004008 LynxOS, pSOS, QNX, RTEMS, INTEGRITY;
4009 Currently supported: Linux, NetBSD, VxWorks, QNX, RTEMS, LynxOS,
4010 INTEGRITY).
Wolfgang Denk7b64fef2006-10-24 14:21:16 +02004011* Target CPU Architecture (Provisions for Alpha, ARM, AVR32, Intel x86,
Macpaul Linafc1ce82011-10-19 20:41:11 +00004012 IA64, MIPS, NDS32, Nios II, PowerPC, IBM S390, SuperH, Sparc, Sparc 64 Bit;
4013 Currently supported: ARM, AVR32, Intel x86, MIPS, NDS32, Nios II, PowerPC).
wdenk2729af92004-05-03 20:45:30 +00004014* Compression Type (uncompressed, gzip, bzip2)
4015* Load Address
4016* Entry Point
4017* Image Name
4018* Image Timestamp
wdenkc6097192002-11-03 00:24:07 +00004019
wdenk2729af92004-05-03 20:45:30 +00004020The header is marked by a special Magic Number, and both the header
4021and the data portions of the image are secured against corruption by
4022CRC32 checksums.
wdenkc6097192002-11-03 00:24:07 +00004023
wdenkc6097192002-11-03 00:24:07 +00004024
wdenk2729af92004-05-03 20:45:30 +00004025Linux Support:
4026==============
wdenkc6097192002-11-03 00:24:07 +00004027
wdenk2729af92004-05-03 20:45:30 +00004028Although U-Boot should support any OS or standalone application
4029easily, the main focus has always been on Linux during the design of
4030U-Boot.
wdenkc6097192002-11-03 00:24:07 +00004031
wdenk2729af92004-05-03 20:45:30 +00004032U-Boot includes many features that so far have been part of some
4033special "boot loader" code within the Linux kernel. Also, any
4034"initrd" images to be used are no longer part of one big Linux image;
4035instead, kernel and "initrd" are separate images. This implementation
4036serves several purposes:
wdenkc6097192002-11-03 00:24:07 +00004037
wdenk2729af92004-05-03 20:45:30 +00004038- the same features can be used for other OS or standalone
4039 applications (for instance: using compressed images to reduce the
4040 Flash memory footprint)
wdenkc6097192002-11-03 00:24:07 +00004041
wdenk2729af92004-05-03 20:45:30 +00004042- it becomes much easier to port new Linux kernel versions because
4043 lots of low-level, hardware dependent stuff are done by U-Boot
wdenkc6097192002-11-03 00:24:07 +00004044
wdenk2729af92004-05-03 20:45:30 +00004045- the same Linux kernel image can now be used with different "initrd"
4046 images; of course this also means that different kernel images can
4047 be run with the same "initrd". This makes testing easier (you don't
4048 have to build a new "zImage.initrd" Linux image when you just
4049 change a file in your "initrd"). Also, a field-upgrade of the
4050 software is easier now.
wdenkc6097192002-11-03 00:24:07 +00004051
wdenkc6097192002-11-03 00:24:07 +00004052
wdenk2729af92004-05-03 20:45:30 +00004053Linux HOWTO:
4054============
wdenkc6097192002-11-03 00:24:07 +00004055
wdenk2729af92004-05-03 20:45:30 +00004056Porting Linux to U-Boot based systems:
4057---------------------------------------
wdenkc6097192002-11-03 00:24:07 +00004058
wdenk2729af92004-05-03 20:45:30 +00004059U-Boot cannot save you from doing all the necessary modifications to
4060configure the Linux device drivers for use with your target hardware
4061(no, we don't intend to provide a full virtual machine interface to
4062Linux :-).
wdenkc6097192002-11-03 00:24:07 +00004063
Stefan Roesea47a12b2010-04-15 16:07:28 +02004064But now you can ignore ALL boot loader code (in arch/powerpc/mbxboot).
wdenkc6097192002-11-03 00:24:07 +00004065
wdenk2729af92004-05-03 20:45:30 +00004066Just make sure your machine specific header file (for instance
4067include/asm-ppc/tqm8xx.h) includes the same definition of the Board
Markus Heidelberg1dc30692008-09-07 20:18:27 +02004068Information structure as we define in include/asm-<arch>/u-boot.h,
4069and make sure that your definition of IMAP_ADDR uses the same value
Jean-Christophe PLAGNIOL-VILLARD6d0f6bc2008-10-16 15:01:15 +02004070as your U-Boot configuration in CONFIG_SYS_IMMR.
wdenkc6097192002-11-03 00:24:07 +00004071
wdenkc6097192002-11-03 00:24:07 +00004072
wdenk2729af92004-05-03 20:45:30 +00004073Configuring the Linux kernel:
4074-----------------------------
wdenkc6097192002-11-03 00:24:07 +00004075
wdenk2729af92004-05-03 20:45:30 +00004076No specific requirements for U-Boot. Make sure you have some root
4077device (initial ramdisk, NFS) for your target system.
wdenkc6097192002-11-03 00:24:07 +00004078
wdenkc6097192002-11-03 00:24:07 +00004079
wdenk2729af92004-05-03 20:45:30 +00004080Building a Linux Image:
4081-----------------------
wdenkc6097192002-11-03 00:24:07 +00004082
wdenk2729af92004-05-03 20:45:30 +00004083With U-Boot, "normal" build targets like "zImage" or "bzImage" are
4084not used. If you use recent kernel source, a new build target
4085"uImage" will exist which automatically builds an image usable by
4086U-Boot. Most older kernels also have support for a "pImage" target,
4087which was introduced for our predecessor project PPCBoot and uses a
4088100% compatible format.
wdenkc6097192002-11-03 00:24:07 +00004089
wdenk2729af92004-05-03 20:45:30 +00004090Example:
wdenkc6097192002-11-03 00:24:07 +00004091
wdenk2729af92004-05-03 20:45:30 +00004092 make TQM850L_config
4093 make oldconfig
4094 make dep
4095 make uImage
wdenkc6097192002-11-03 00:24:07 +00004096
wdenk2729af92004-05-03 20:45:30 +00004097The "uImage" build target uses a special tool (in 'tools/mkimage') to
4098encapsulate a compressed Linux kernel image with header information,
4099CRC32 checksum etc. for use with U-Boot. This is what we are doing:
wdenkc6097192002-11-03 00:24:07 +00004100
wdenk2729af92004-05-03 20:45:30 +00004101* build a standard "vmlinux" kernel image (in ELF binary format):
wdenkc6097192002-11-03 00:24:07 +00004102
wdenk2729af92004-05-03 20:45:30 +00004103* convert the kernel into a raw binary image:
wdenkc6097192002-11-03 00:24:07 +00004104
wdenk2729af92004-05-03 20:45:30 +00004105 ${CROSS_COMPILE}-objcopy -O binary \
4106 -R .note -R .comment \
4107 -S vmlinux linux.bin
wdenkc6097192002-11-03 00:24:07 +00004108
wdenk2729af92004-05-03 20:45:30 +00004109* compress the binary image:
wdenkc6097192002-11-03 00:24:07 +00004110
wdenk2729af92004-05-03 20:45:30 +00004111 gzip -9 linux.bin
wdenkc6097192002-11-03 00:24:07 +00004112
wdenk2729af92004-05-03 20:45:30 +00004113* package compressed binary image for U-Boot:
wdenk24ee89b2002-11-03 17:56:27 +00004114
wdenk2729af92004-05-03 20:45:30 +00004115 mkimage -A ppc -O linux -T kernel -C gzip \
4116 -a 0 -e 0 -n "Linux Kernel Image" \
4117 -d linux.bin.gz uImage
wdenk24ee89b2002-11-03 17:56:27 +00004118
wdenk24ee89b2002-11-03 17:56:27 +00004119
wdenk2729af92004-05-03 20:45:30 +00004120The "mkimage" tool can also be used to create ramdisk images for use
4121with U-Boot, either separated from the Linux kernel image, or
4122combined into one file. "mkimage" encapsulates the images with a 64
4123byte header containing information about target architecture,
4124operating system, image type, compression method, entry points, time
4125stamp, CRC32 checksums, etc.
wdenk24ee89b2002-11-03 17:56:27 +00004126
wdenk2729af92004-05-03 20:45:30 +00004127"mkimage" can be called in two ways: to verify existing images and
4128print the header information, or to build new images.
wdenk24ee89b2002-11-03 17:56:27 +00004129
wdenk2729af92004-05-03 20:45:30 +00004130In the first form (with "-l" option) mkimage lists the information
4131contained in the header of an existing U-Boot image; this includes
4132checksum verification:
wdenk24ee89b2002-11-03 17:56:27 +00004133
wdenk2729af92004-05-03 20:45:30 +00004134 tools/mkimage -l image
4135 -l ==> list image header information
wdenk24ee89b2002-11-03 17:56:27 +00004136
wdenk2729af92004-05-03 20:45:30 +00004137The second form (with "-d" option) is used to build a U-Boot image
4138from a "data file" which is used as image payload:
wdenk24ee89b2002-11-03 17:56:27 +00004139
wdenk2729af92004-05-03 20:45:30 +00004140 tools/mkimage -A arch -O os -T type -C comp -a addr -e ep \
4141 -n name -d data_file image
4142 -A ==> set architecture to 'arch'
4143 -O ==> set operating system to 'os'
4144 -T ==> set image type to 'type'
4145 -C ==> set compression type 'comp'
4146 -a ==> set load address to 'addr' (hex)
4147 -e ==> set entry point to 'ep' (hex)
4148 -n ==> set image name to 'name'
4149 -d ==> use image data from 'datafile'
wdenk24ee89b2002-11-03 17:56:27 +00004150
wdenk69459792004-05-29 16:53:29 +00004151Right now, all Linux kernels for PowerPC systems use the same load
4152address (0x00000000), but the entry point address depends on the
4153kernel version:
wdenkc6097192002-11-03 00:24:07 +00004154
wdenk2729af92004-05-03 20:45:30 +00004155- 2.2.x kernels have the entry point at 0x0000000C,
4156- 2.3.x and later kernels have the entry point at 0x00000000.
wdenkc6097192002-11-03 00:24:07 +00004157
wdenk2729af92004-05-03 20:45:30 +00004158So a typical call to build a U-Boot image would read:
wdenkc6097192002-11-03 00:24:07 +00004159
wdenk2729af92004-05-03 20:45:30 +00004160 -> tools/mkimage -n '2.4.4 kernel for TQM850L' \
4161 > -A ppc -O linux -T kernel -C gzip -a 0 -e 0 \
Stefan Roesea47a12b2010-04-15 16:07:28 +02004162 > -d /opt/elsk/ppc_8xx/usr/src/linux-2.4.4/arch/powerpc/coffboot/vmlinux.gz \
wdenk2729af92004-05-03 20:45:30 +00004163 > examples/uImage.TQM850L
4164 Image Name: 2.4.4 kernel for TQM850L
4165 Created: Wed Jul 19 02:34:59 2000
4166 Image Type: PowerPC Linux Kernel Image (gzip compressed)
4167 Data Size: 335725 Bytes = 327.86 kB = 0.32 MB
4168 Load Address: 0x00000000
4169 Entry Point: 0x00000000
wdenkc6097192002-11-03 00:24:07 +00004170
wdenk2729af92004-05-03 20:45:30 +00004171To verify the contents of the image (or check for corruption):
wdenkc6097192002-11-03 00:24:07 +00004172
wdenk2729af92004-05-03 20:45:30 +00004173 -> tools/mkimage -l examples/uImage.TQM850L
4174 Image Name: 2.4.4 kernel for TQM850L
4175 Created: Wed Jul 19 02:34:59 2000
4176 Image Type: PowerPC Linux Kernel Image (gzip compressed)
4177 Data Size: 335725 Bytes = 327.86 kB = 0.32 MB
4178 Load Address: 0x00000000
4179 Entry Point: 0x00000000
wdenkc6097192002-11-03 00:24:07 +00004180
wdenk2729af92004-05-03 20:45:30 +00004181NOTE: for embedded systems where boot time is critical you can trade
4182speed for memory and install an UNCOMPRESSED image instead: this
4183needs more space in Flash, but boots much faster since it does not
4184need to be uncompressed:
wdenkc6097192002-11-03 00:24:07 +00004185
Stefan Roesea47a12b2010-04-15 16:07:28 +02004186 -> gunzip /opt/elsk/ppc_8xx/usr/src/linux-2.4.4/arch/powerpc/coffboot/vmlinux.gz
wdenk2729af92004-05-03 20:45:30 +00004187 -> tools/mkimage -n '2.4.4 kernel for TQM850L' \
4188 > -A ppc -O linux -T kernel -C none -a 0 -e 0 \
Stefan Roesea47a12b2010-04-15 16:07:28 +02004189 > -d /opt/elsk/ppc_8xx/usr/src/linux-2.4.4/arch/powerpc/coffboot/vmlinux \
wdenk2729af92004-05-03 20:45:30 +00004190 > examples/uImage.TQM850L-uncompressed
4191 Image Name: 2.4.4 kernel for TQM850L
4192 Created: Wed Jul 19 02:34:59 2000
4193 Image Type: PowerPC Linux Kernel Image (uncompressed)
4194 Data Size: 792160 Bytes = 773.59 kB = 0.76 MB
4195 Load Address: 0x00000000
4196 Entry Point: 0x00000000
wdenkc6097192002-11-03 00:24:07 +00004197
wdenkc6097192002-11-03 00:24:07 +00004198
wdenk2729af92004-05-03 20:45:30 +00004199Similar you can build U-Boot images from a 'ramdisk.image.gz' file
4200when your kernel is intended to use an initial ramdisk:
wdenkdb01a2e2004-04-15 23:14:49 +00004201
wdenk2729af92004-05-03 20:45:30 +00004202 -> tools/mkimage -n 'Simple Ramdisk Image' \
4203 > -A ppc -O linux -T ramdisk -C gzip \
4204 > -d /LinuxPPC/images/SIMPLE-ramdisk.image.gz examples/simple-initrd
4205 Image Name: Simple Ramdisk Image
4206 Created: Wed Jan 12 14:01:50 2000
4207 Image Type: PowerPC Linux RAMDisk Image (gzip compressed)
4208 Data Size: 566530 Bytes = 553.25 kB = 0.54 MB
4209 Load Address: 0x00000000
4210 Entry Point: 0x00000000
wdenkdb01a2e2004-04-15 23:14:49 +00004211
wdenkdb01a2e2004-04-15 23:14:49 +00004212
wdenk2729af92004-05-03 20:45:30 +00004213Installing a Linux Image:
4214-------------------------
wdenkdb01a2e2004-04-15 23:14:49 +00004215
wdenk2729af92004-05-03 20:45:30 +00004216To downloading a U-Boot image over the serial (console) interface,
4217you must convert the image to S-Record format:
wdenkdb01a2e2004-04-15 23:14:49 +00004218
wdenk2729af92004-05-03 20:45:30 +00004219 objcopy -I binary -O srec examples/image examples/image.srec
wdenkdb01a2e2004-04-15 23:14:49 +00004220
wdenk2729af92004-05-03 20:45:30 +00004221The 'objcopy' does not understand the information in the U-Boot
4222image header, so the resulting S-Record file will be relative to
4223address 0x00000000. To load it to a given address, you need to
4224specify the target address as 'offset' parameter with the 'loads'
4225command.
wdenkc6097192002-11-03 00:24:07 +00004226
wdenk2729af92004-05-03 20:45:30 +00004227Example: install the image to address 0x40100000 (which on the
4228TQM8xxL is in the first Flash bank):
wdenkc6097192002-11-03 00:24:07 +00004229
wdenk2729af92004-05-03 20:45:30 +00004230 => erase 40100000 401FFFFF
wdenkc6097192002-11-03 00:24:07 +00004231
wdenk2729af92004-05-03 20:45:30 +00004232 .......... done
4233 Erased 8 sectors
wdenkc6097192002-11-03 00:24:07 +00004234
wdenk2729af92004-05-03 20:45:30 +00004235 => loads 40100000
4236 ## Ready for S-Record download ...
4237 ~>examples/image.srec
4238 1 2 3 4 5 6 7 8 9 10 11 12 13 ...
4239 ...
4240 15989 15990 15991 15992
4241 [file transfer complete]
4242 [connected]
4243 ## Start Addr = 0x00000000
wdenkc6097192002-11-03 00:24:07 +00004244
4245
wdenk2729af92004-05-03 20:45:30 +00004246You can check the success of the download using the 'iminfo' command;
Wolfgang Denk218ca722008-03-26 10:40:12 +01004247this includes a checksum verification so you can be sure no data
wdenk2729af92004-05-03 20:45:30 +00004248corruption happened:
wdenkc6097192002-11-03 00:24:07 +00004249
wdenk2729af92004-05-03 20:45:30 +00004250 => imi 40100000
wdenkc6097192002-11-03 00:24:07 +00004251
wdenk2729af92004-05-03 20:45:30 +00004252 ## Checking Image at 40100000 ...
4253 Image Name: 2.2.13 for initrd on TQM850L
4254 Image Type: PowerPC Linux Kernel Image (gzip compressed)
4255 Data Size: 335725 Bytes = 327 kB = 0 MB
4256 Load Address: 00000000
4257 Entry Point: 0000000c
4258 Verifying Checksum ... OK
wdenkc6097192002-11-03 00:24:07 +00004259
4260
wdenk2729af92004-05-03 20:45:30 +00004261Boot Linux:
4262-----------
wdenkc6097192002-11-03 00:24:07 +00004263
wdenk2729af92004-05-03 20:45:30 +00004264The "bootm" command is used to boot an application that is stored in
4265memory (RAM or Flash). In case of a Linux kernel image, the contents
4266of the "bootargs" environment variable is passed to the kernel as
4267parameters. You can check and modify this variable using the
4268"printenv" and "setenv" commands:
wdenkc6097192002-11-03 00:24:07 +00004269
4270
wdenk2729af92004-05-03 20:45:30 +00004271 => printenv bootargs
4272 bootargs=root=/dev/ram
wdenkc6097192002-11-03 00:24:07 +00004273
wdenk2729af92004-05-03 20:45:30 +00004274 => setenv bootargs root=/dev/nfs rw nfsroot=10.0.0.2:/LinuxPPC nfsaddrs=10.0.0.99:10.0.0.2
wdenkc6097192002-11-03 00:24:07 +00004275
wdenk2729af92004-05-03 20:45:30 +00004276 => printenv bootargs
4277 bootargs=root=/dev/nfs rw nfsroot=10.0.0.2:/LinuxPPC nfsaddrs=10.0.0.99:10.0.0.2
wdenkc6097192002-11-03 00:24:07 +00004278
wdenk2729af92004-05-03 20:45:30 +00004279 => bootm 40020000
4280 ## Booting Linux kernel at 40020000 ...
4281 Image Name: 2.2.13 for NFS on TQM850L
4282 Image Type: PowerPC Linux Kernel Image (gzip compressed)
4283 Data Size: 381681 Bytes = 372 kB = 0 MB
4284 Load Address: 00000000
4285 Entry Point: 0000000c
4286 Verifying Checksum ... OK
4287 Uncompressing Kernel Image ... OK
4288 Linux version 2.2.13 (wd@denx.local.net) (gcc version 2.95.2 19991024 (release)) #1 Wed Jul 19 02:35:17 MEST 2000
4289 Boot arguments: root=/dev/nfs rw nfsroot=10.0.0.2:/LinuxPPC nfsaddrs=10.0.0.99:10.0.0.2
4290 time_init: decrementer frequency = 187500000/60
4291 Calibrating delay loop... 49.77 BogoMIPS
4292 Memory: 15208k available (700k kernel code, 444k data, 32k init) [c0000000,c1000000]
4293 ...
wdenkc6097192002-11-03 00:24:07 +00004294
Marcel Ziswiler11ccc332008-07-09 08:17:15 +02004295If you want to boot a Linux kernel with initial RAM disk, you pass
wdenk2729af92004-05-03 20:45:30 +00004296the memory addresses of both the kernel and the initrd image (PPBCOOT
4297format!) to the "bootm" command:
wdenkc6097192002-11-03 00:24:07 +00004298
wdenk2729af92004-05-03 20:45:30 +00004299 => imi 40100000 40200000
wdenkc6097192002-11-03 00:24:07 +00004300
wdenk2729af92004-05-03 20:45:30 +00004301 ## Checking Image at 40100000 ...
4302 Image Name: 2.2.13 for initrd on TQM850L
4303 Image Type: PowerPC Linux Kernel Image (gzip compressed)
4304 Data Size: 335725 Bytes = 327 kB = 0 MB
4305 Load Address: 00000000
4306 Entry Point: 0000000c
4307 Verifying Checksum ... OK
wdenkc6097192002-11-03 00:24:07 +00004308
wdenk2729af92004-05-03 20:45:30 +00004309 ## Checking Image at 40200000 ...
4310 Image Name: Simple Ramdisk Image
4311 Image Type: PowerPC Linux RAMDisk Image (gzip compressed)
4312 Data Size: 566530 Bytes = 553 kB = 0 MB
4313 Load Address: 00000000
4314 Entry Point: 00000000
4315 Verifying Checksum ... OK
wdenkc6097192002-11-03 00:24:07 +00004316
wdenk2729af92004-05-03 20:45:30 +00004317 => bootm 40100000 40200000
4318 ## Booting Linux kernel at 40100000 ...
4319 Image Name: 2.2.13 for initrd on TQM850L
4320 Image Type: PowerPC Linux Kernel Image (gzip compressed)
4321 Data Size: 335725 Bytes = 327 kB = 0 MB
4322 Load Address: 00000000
4323 Entry Point: 0000000c
4324 Verifying Checksum ... OK
4325 Uncompressing Kernel Image ... OK
4326 ## Loading RAMDisk Image at 40200000 ...
4327 Image Name: Simple Ramdisk Image
4328 Image Type: PowerPC Linux RAMDisk Image (gzip compressed)
4329 Data Size: 566530 Bytes = 553 kB = 0 MB
4330 Load Address: 00000000
4331 Entry Point: 00000000
4332 Verifying Checksum ... OK
4333 Loading Ramdisk ... OK
4334 Linux version 2.2.13 (wd@denx.local.net) (gcc version 2.95.2 19991024 (release)) #1 Wed Jul 19 02:32:08 MEST 2000
4335 Boot arguments: root=/dev/ram
4336 time_init: decrementer frequency = 187500000/60
4337 Calibrating delay loop... 49.77 BogoMIPS
4338 ...
4339 RAMDISK: Compressed image found at block 0
4340 VFS: Mounted root (ext2 filesystem).
wdenkc6097192002-11-03 00:24:07 +00004341
wdenk2729af92004-05-03 20:45:30 +00004342 bash#
wdenkc6097192002-11-03 00:24:07 +00004343
Matthew McClintock02677682006-06-28 10:41:37 -05004344Boot Linux and pass a flat device tree:
4345-----------
4346
4347First, U-Boot must be compiled with the appropriate defines. See the section
4348titled "Linux Kernel Interface" above for a more in depth explanation. The
4349following is an example of how to start a kernel and pass an updated
4350flat device tree:
4351
4352=> print oftaddr
4353oftaddr=0x300000
4354=> print oft
4355oft=oftrees/mpc8540ads.dtb
4356=> tftp $oftaddr $oft
4357Speed: 1000, full duplex
4358Using TSEC0 device
4359TFTP from server 192.168.1.1; our IP address is 192.168.1.101
4360Filename 'oftrees/mpc8540ads.dtb'.
4361Load address: 0x300000
4362Loading: #
4363done
4364Bytes transferred = 4106 (100a hex)
4365=> tftp $loadaddr $bootfile
4366Speed: 1000, full duplex
4367Using TSEC0 device
4368TFTP from server 192.168.1.1; our IP address is 192.168.1.2
4369Filename 'uImage'.
4370Load address: 0x200000
4371Loading:############
4372done
4373Bytes transferred = 1029407 (fb51f hex)
4374=> print loadaddr
4375loadaddr=200000
4376=> print oftaddr
4377oftaddr=0x300000
4378=> bootm $loadaddr - $oftaddr
4379## Booting image at 00200000 ...
Wolfgang Denka9398e02006-11-27 15:32:42 +01004380 Image Name: Linux-2.6.17-dirty
4381 Image Type: PowerPC Linux Kernel Image (gzip compressed)
4382 Data Size: 1029343 Bytes = 1005.2 kB
Matthew McClintock02677682006-06-28 10:41:37 -05004383 Load Address: 00000000
Wolfgang Denka9398e02006-11-27 15:32:42 +01004384 Entry Point: 00000000
Matthew McClintock02677682006-06-28 10:41:37 -05004385 Verifying Checksum ... OK
4386 Uncompressing Kernel Image ... OK
4387Booting using flat device tree at 0x300000
4388Using MPC85xx ADS machine description
4389Memory CAM mapping: CAM0=256Mb, CAM1=256Mb, CAM2=0Mb residual: 0Mb
4390[snip]
4391
4392
wdenk2729af92004-05-03 20:45:30 +00004393More About U-Boot Image Types:
4394------------------------------
wdenk6069ff22003-02-28 00:49:47 +00004395
wdenk2729af92004-05-03 20:45:30 +00004396U-Boot supports the following image types:
wdenk6069ff22003-02-28 00:49:47 +00004397
wdenk2729af92004-05-03 20:45:30 +00004398 "Standalone Programs" are directly runnable in the environment
4399 provided by U-Boot; it is expected that (if they behave
4400 well) you can continue to work in U-Boot after return from
4401 the Standalone Program.
4402 "OS Kernel Images" are usually images of some Embedded OS which
4403 will take over control completely. Usually these programs
4404 will install their own set of exception handlers, device
4405 drivers, set up the MMU, etc. - this means, that you cannot
4406 expect to re-enter U-Boot except by resetting the CPU.
4407 "RAMDisk Images" are more or less just data blocks, and their
4408 parameters (address, size) are passed to an OS kernel that is
4409 being started.
4410 "Multi-File Images" contain several images, typically an OS
4411 (Linux) kernel image and one or more data images like
4412 RAMDisks. This construct is useful for instance when you want
4413 to boot over the network using BOOTP etc., where the boot
4414 server provides just a single image file, but you want to get
4415 for instance an OS kernel and a RAMDisk image.
stroesec1551ea2003-04-04 15:53:41 +00004416
wdenk2729af92004-05-03 20:45:30 +00004417 "Multi-File Images" start with a list of image sizes, each
4418 image size (in bytes) specified by an "uint32_t" in network
4419 byte order. This list is terminated by an "(uint32_t)0".
4420 Immediately after the terminating 0 follow the images, one by
4421 one, all aligned on "uint32_t" boundaries (size rounded up to
4422 a multiple of 4 bytes).
stroesec1551ea2003-04-04 15:53:41 +00004423
wdenk2729af92004-05-03 20:45:30 +00004424 "Firmware Images" are binary images containing firmware (like
4425 U-Boot or FPGA images) which usually will be programmed to
4426 flash memory.
stroesec1551ea2003-04-04 15:53:41 +00004427
wdenk2729af92004-05-03 20:45:30 +00004428 "Script files" are command sequences that will be executed by
4429 U-Boot's command interpreter; this feature is especially
4430 useful when you configure U-Boot to use a real shell (hush)
4431 as command interpreter.
wdenk6069ff22003-02-28 00:49:47 +00004432
Marek Vasut44f074c2012-03-14 21:52:45 +00004433Booting the Linux zImage:
4434-------------------------
4435
4436On some platforms, it's possible to boot Linux zImage. This is done
4437using the "bootz" command. The syntax of "bootz" command is the same
4438as the syntax of "bootm" command.
4439
wdenkc6097192002-11-03 00:24:07 +00004440
wdenk2729af92004-05-03 20:45:30 +00004441Standalone HOWTO:
4442=================
wdenkc6097192002-11-03 00:24:07 +00004443
wdenk2729af92004-05-03 20:45:30 +00004444One of the features of U-Boot is that you can dynamically load and
4445run "standalone" applications, which can use some resources of
4446U-Boot like console I/O functions or interrupt services.
wdenkc6097192002-11-03 00:24:07 +00004447
wdenk2729af92004-05-03 20:45:30 +00004448Two simple examples are included with the sources:
wdenkc6097192002-11-03 00:24:07 +00004449
wdenk2729af92004-05-03 20:45:30 +00004450"Hello World" Demo:
4451-------------------
wdenkc6097192002-11-03 00:24:07 +00004452
wdenk2729af92004-05-03 20:45:30 +00004453'examples/hello_world.c' contains a small "Hello World" Demo
4454application; it is automatically compiled when you build U-Boot.
4455It's configured to run at address 0x00040004, so you can play with it
4456like that:
wdenkc6097192002-11-03 00:24:07 +00004457
wdenk2729af92004-05-03 20:45:30 +00004458 => loads
4459 ## Ready for S-Record download ...
4460 ~>examples/hello_world.srec
4461 1 2 3 4 5 6 7 8 9 10 11 ...
4462 [file transfer complete]
4463 [connected]
4464 ## Start Addr = 0x00040004
wdenkc6097192002-11-03 00:24:07 +00004465
wdenk2729af92004-05-03 20:45:30 +00004466 => go 40004 Hello World! This is a test.
4467 ## Starting application at 0x00040004 ...
4468 Hello World
4469 argc = 7
4470 argv[0] = "40004"
4471 argv[1] = "Hello"
4472 argv[2] = "World!"
4473 argv[3] = "This"
4474 argv[4] = "is"
4475 argv[5] = "a"
4476 argv[6] = "test."
4477 argv[7] = "<NULL>"
4478 Hit any key to exit ...
wdenkc6097192002-11-03 00:24:07 +00004479
wdenk2729af92004-05-03 20:45:30 +00004480 ## Application terminated, rc = 0x0
wdenkc6097192002-11-03 00:24:07 +00004481
wdenk2729af92004-05-03 20:45:30 +00004482Another example, which demonstrates how to register a CPM interrupt
4483handler with the U-Boot code, can be found in 'examples/timer.c'.
4484Here, a CPM timer is set up to generate an interrupt every second.
4485The interrupt service routine is trivial, just printing a '.'
4486character, but this is just a demo program. The application can be
4487controlled by the following keys:
wdenkc6097192002-11-03 00:24:07 +00004488
wdenk2729af92004-05-03 20:45:30 +00004489 ? - print current values og the CPM Timer registers
4490 b - enable interrupts and start timer
4491 e - stop timer and disable interrupts
4492 q - quit application
wdenkc6097192002-11-03 00:24:07 +00004493
wdenk2729af92004-05-03 20:45:30 +00004494 => loads
4495 ## Ready for S-Record download ...
4496 ~>examples/timer.srec
4497 1 2 3 4 5 6 7 8 9 10 11 ...
4498 [file transfer complete]
4499 [connected]
4500 ## Start Addr = 0x00040004
wdenkc6097192002-11-03 00:24:07 +00004501
wdenk2729af92004-05-03 20:45:30 +00004502 => go 40004
4503 ## Starting application at 0x00040004 ...
4504 TIMERS=0xfff00980
4505 Using timer 1
4506 tgcr @ 0xfff00980, tmr @ 0xfff00990, trr @ 0xfff00994, tcr @ 0xfff00998, tcn @ 0xfff0099c, ter @ 0xfff009b0
wdenkc6097192002-11-03 00:24:07 +00004507
wdenk2729af92004-05-03 20:45:30 +00004508Hit 'b':
4509 [q, b, e, ?] Set interval 1000000 us
4510 Enabling timer
4511Hit '?':
4512 [q, b, e, ?] ........
4513 tgcr=0x1, tmr=0xff1c, trr=0x3d09, tcr=0x0, tcn=0xef6, ter=0x0
4514Hit '?':
4515 [q, b, e, ?] .
4516 tgcr=0x1, tmr=0xff1c, trr=0x3d09, tcr=0x0, tcn=0x2ad4, ter=0x0
4517Hit '?':
4518 [q, b, e, ?] .
4519 tgcr=0x1, tmr=0xff1c, trr=0x3d09, tcr=0x0, tcn=0x1efc, ter=0x0
4520Hit '?':
4521 [q, b, e, ?] .
4522 tgcr=0x1, tmr=0xff1c, trr=0x3d09, tcr=0x0, tcn=0x169d, ter=0x0
4523Hit 'e':
4524 [q, b, e, ?] ...Stopping timer
4525Hit 'q':
4526 [q, b, e, ?] ## Application terminated, rc = 0x0
wdenkc6097192002-11-03 00:24:07 +00004527
4528
wdenk2729af92004-05-03 20:45:30 +00004529Minicom warning:
4530================
wdenk85ec0bc2003-03-31 16:34:49 +00004531
wdenk2729af92004-05-03 20:45:30 +00004532Over time, many people have reported problems when trying to use the
4533"minicom" terminal emulation program for serial download. I (wd)
4534consider minicom to be broken, and recommend not to use it. Under
4535Unix, I recommend to use C-Kermit for general purpose use (and
4536especially for kermit binary protocol download ("loadb" command), and
4537use "cu" for S-Record download ("loads" command).
wdenk85ec0bc2003-03-31 16:34:49 +00004538
wdenk2729af92004-05-03 20:45:30 +00004539Nevertheless, if you absolutely want to use it try adding this
4540configuration to your "File transfer protocols" section:
wdenk52f52c12003-06-19 23:04:19 +00004541
wdenk2729af92004-05-03 20:45:30 +00004542 Name Program Name U/D FullScr IO-Red. Multi
4543 X kermit /usr/bin/kermit -i -l %l -s Y U Y N N
4544 Y kermit /usr/bin/kermit -i -l %l -r N D Y N N
wdenk52f52c12003-06-19 23:04:19 +00004545
4546
wdenk2729af92004-05-03 20:45:30 +00004547NetBSD Notes:
4548=============
wdenkc6097192002-11-03 00:24:07 +00004549
wdenk2729af92004-05-03 20:45:30 +00004550Starting at version 0.9.2, U-Boot supports NetBSD both as host
4551(build U-Boot) and target system (boots NetBSD/mpc8xx).
wdenkc6097192002-11-03 00:24:07 +00004552
wdenk2729af92004-05-03 20:45:30 +00004553Building requires a cross environment; it is known to work on
4554NetBSD/i386 with the cross-powerpc-netbsd-1.3 package (you will also
4555need gmake since the Makefiles are not compatible with BSD make).
4556Note that the cross-powerpc package does not install include files;
4557attempting to build U-Boot will fail because <machine/ansi.h> is
4558missing. This file has to be installed and patched manually:
wdenkc6097192002-11-03 00:24:07 +00004559
wdenk2729af92004-05-03 20:45:30 +00004560 # cd /usr/pkg/cross/powerpc-netbsd/include
4561 # mkdir powerpc
4562 # ln -s powerpc machine
4563 # cp /usr/src/sys/arch/powerpc/include/ansi.h powerpc/ansi.h
4564 # ${EDIT} powerpc/ansi.h ## must remove __va_list, _BSD_VA_LIST
wdenkc6097192002-11-03 00:24:07 +00004565
wdenk2729af92004-05-03 20:45:30 +00004566Native builds *don't* work due to incompatibilities between native
4567and U-Boot include files.
wdenkc6097192002-11-03 00:24:07 +00004568
wdenk2729af92004-05-03 20:45:30 +00004569Booting assumes that (the first part of) the image booted is a
4570stage-2 loader which in turn loads and then invokes the kernel
4571proper. Loader sources will eventually appear in the NetBSD source
4572tree (probably in sys/arc/mpc8xx/stand/u-boot_stage2/); in the
wdenk2a8af182005-04-13 10:02:42 +00004573meantime, see ftp://ftp.denx.de/pub/u-boot/ppcboot_stage2.tar.gz
wdenkc6097192002-11-03 00:24:07 +00004574
4575
wdenk2729af92004-05-03 20:45:30 +00004576Implementation Internals:
4577=========================
wdenkc6097192002-11-03 00:24:07 +00004578
wdenk2729af92004-05-03 20:45:30 +00004579The following is not intended to be a complete description of every
4580implementation detail. However, it should help to understand the
4581inner workings of U-Boot and make it easier to port it to custom
4582hardware.
wdenkc6097192002-11-03 00:24:07 +00004583
4584
wdenk2729af92004-05-03 20:45:30 +00004585Initial Stack, Global Data:
4586---------------------------
wdenkc6097192002-11-03 00:24:07 +00004587
wdenk2729af92004-05-03 20:45:30 +00004588The implementation of U-Boot is complicated by the fact that U-Boot
4589starts running out of ROM (flash memory), usually without access to
4590system RAM (because the memory controller is not initialized yet).
4591This means that we don't have writable Data or BSS segments, and BSS
4592is not initialized as zero. To be able to get a C environment working
4593at all, we have to allocate at least a minimal stack. Implementation
4594options for this are defined and restricted by the CPU used: Some CPU
4595models provide on-chip memory (like the IMMR area on MPC8xx and
4596MPC826x processors), on others (parts of) the data cache can be
4597locked as (mis-) used as memory, etc.
wdenkc6097192002-11-03 00:24:07 +00004598
Wolfgang Denk218ca722008-03-26 10:40:12 +01004599 Chris Hallinan posted a good summary of these issues to the
Wolfgang Denk06682362008-12-30 22:56:11 +01004600 U-Boot mailing list:
wdenk43d96162003-03-06 00:02:04 +00004601
wdenk2729af92004-05-03 20:45:30 +00004602 Subject: RE: [U-Boot-Users] RE: More On Memory Bank x (nothingness)?
4603 From: "Chris Hallinan" <clh@net1plus.com>
4604 Date: Mon, 10 Feb 2003 16:43:46 -0500 (22:43 MET)
4605 ...
wdenk43d96162003-03-06 00:02:04 +00004606
wdenk2729af92004-05-03 20:45:30 +00004607 Correct me if I'm wrong, folks, but the way I understand it
4608 is this: Using DCACHE as initial RAM for Stack, etc, does not
4609 require any physical RAM backing up the cache. The cleverness
4610 is that the cache is being used as a temporary supply of
4611 necessary storage before the SDRAM controller is setup. It's
Marcel Ziswiler11ccc332008-07-09 08:17:15 +02004612 beyond the scope of this list to explain the details, but you
wdenk2729af92004-05-03 20:45:30 +00004613 can see how this works by studying the cache architecture and
4614 operation in the architecture and processor-specific manuals.
wdenk43d96162003-03-06 00:02:04 +00004615
wdenk2729af92004-05-03 20:45:30 +00004616 OCM is On Chip Memory, which I believe the 405GP has 4K. It
4617 is another option for the system designer to use as an
Marcel Ziswiler11ccc332008-07-09 08:17:15 +02004618 initial stack/RAM area prior to SDRAM being available. Either
wdenk2729af92004-05-03 20:45:30 +00004619 option should work for you. Using CS 4 should be fine if your
4620 board designers haven't used it for something that would
4621 cause you grief during the initial boot! It is frequently not
4622 used.
wdenk43d96162003-03-06 00:02:04 +00004623
Jean-Christophe PLAGNIOL-VILLARD6d0f6bc2008-10-16 15:01:15 +02004624 CONFIG_SYS_INIT_RAM_ADDR should be somewhere that won't interfere
wdenk2729af92004-05-03 20:45:30 +00004625 with your processor/board/system design. The default value
4626 you will find in any recent u-boot distribution in
Stefan Roese8a316c92005-08-01 16:49:12 +02004627 walnut.h should work for you. I'd set it to a value larger
wdenk2729af92004-05-03 20:45:30 +00004628 than your SDRAM module. If you have a 64MB SDRAM module, set
4629 it above 400_0000. Just make sure your board has no resources
4630 that are supposed to respond to that address! That code in
4631 start.S has been around a while and should work as is when
4632 you get the config right.
wdenk43d96162003-03-06 00:02:04 +00004633
wdenk2729af92004-05-03 20:45:30 +00004634 -Chris Hallinan
4635 DS4.COM, Inc.
wdenk43d96162003-03-06 00:02:04 +00004636
wdenk2729af92004-05-03 20:45:30 +00004637It is essential to remember this, since it has some impact on the C
4638code for the initialization procedures:
wdenkc6097192002-11-03 00:24:07 +00004639
wdenk2729af92004-05-03 20:45:30 +00004640* Initialized global data (data segment) is read-only. Do not attempt
4641 to write it.
wdenkc6097192002-11-03 00:24:07 +00004642
Marcel Ziswiler11ccc332008-07-09 08:17:15 +02004643* Do not use any uninitialized global data (or implicitely initialized
wdenk2729af92004-05-03 20:45:30 +00004644 as zero data - BSS segment) at all - this is undefined, initiali-
4645 zation is performed later (when relocating to RAM).
wdenkc6097192002-11-03 00:24:07 +00004646
wdenk2729af92004-05-03 20:45:30 +00004647* Stack space is very limited. Avoid big data buffers or things like
4648 that.
wdenkc6097192002-11-03 00:24:07 +00004649
wdenk2729af92004-05-03 20:45:30 +00004650Having only the stack as writable memory limits means we cannot use
4651normal global data to share information beween the code. But it
4652turned out that the implementation of U-Boot can be greatly
4653simplified by making a global data structure (gd_t) available to all
4654functions. We could pass a pointer to this data as argument to _all_
4655functions, but this would bloat the code. Instead we use a feature of
4656the GCC compiler (Global Register Variables) to share the data: we
4657place a pointer (gd) to the global data into a register which we
4658reserve for this purpose.
wdenkc6097192002-11-03 00:24:07 +00004659
wdenk2729af92004-05-03 20:45:30 +00004660When choosing a register for such a purpose we are restricted by the
4661relevant (E)ABI specifications for the current architecture, and by
4662GCC's implementation.
wdenkc6097192002-11-03 00:24:07 +00004663
wdenk2729af92004-05-03 20:45:30 +00004664For PowerPC, the following registers have specific use:
4665 R1: stack pointer
Wolfgang Denke7670f62008-02-14 22:43:22 +01004666 R2: reserved for system use
wdenk2729af92004-05-03 20:45:30 +00004667 R3-R4: parameter passing and return values
4668 R5-R10: parameter passing
4669 R13: small data area pointer
4670 R30: GOT pointer
4671 R31: frame pointer
wdenkc6097192002-11-03 00:24:07 +00004672
Joakim Tjernlunde6bee802010-01-19 14:41:58 +01004673 (U-Boot also uses R12 as internal GOT pointer. r12
4674 is a volatile register so r12 needs to be reset when
4675 going back and forth between asm and C)
wdenkc6097192002-11-03 00:24:07 +00004676
Wolfgang Denke7670f62008-02-14 22:43:22 +01004677 ==> U-Boot will use R2 to hold a pointer to the global data
wdenkc6097192002-11-03 00:24:07 +00004678
wdenk2729af92004-05-03 20:45:30 +00004679 Note: on PPC, we could use a static initializer (since the
4680 address of the global data structure is known at compile time),
4681 but it turned out that reserving a register results in somewhat
4682 smaller code - although the code savings are not that big (on
4683 average for all boards 752 bytes for the whole U-Boot image,
4684 624 text + 127 data).
wdenkc6097192002-11-03 00:24:07 +00004685
Robin Getzc4db3352009-08-17 15:23:02 +00004686On Blackfin, the normal C ABI (except for P3) is followed as documented here:
Mike Frysinger4c58eb52008-02-04 19:26:54 -05004687 http://docs.blackfin.uclinux.org/doku.php?id=application_binary_interface
4688
Robin Getzc4db3352009-08-17 15:23:02 +00004689 ==> U-Boot will use P3 to hold a pointer to the global data
Mike Frysinger4c58eb52008-02-04 19:26:54 -05004690
wdenk2729af92004-05-03 20:45:30 +00004691On ARM, the following registers are used:
wdenkc6097192002-11-03 00:24:07 +00004692
wdenk2729af92004-05-03 20:45:30 +00004693 R0: function argument word/integer result
4694 R1-R3: function argument word
4695 R9: GOT pointer
4696 R10: stack limit (used only if stack checking if enabled)
4697 R11: argument (frame) pointer
4698 R12: temporary workspace
4699 R13: stack pointer
4700 R14: link register
4701 R15: program counter
wdenkc6097192002-11-03 00:24:07 +00004702
wdenk2729af92004-05-03 20:45:30 +00004703 ==> U-Boot will use R8 to hold a pointer to the global data
wdenkc6097192002-11-03 00:24:07 +00004704
Thomas Chou0df01fd2010-05-21 11:08:03 +08004705On Nios II, the ABI is documented here:
4706 http://www.altera.com/literature/hb/nios2/n2cpu_nii51016.pdf
4707
4708 ==> U-Boot will use gp to hold a pointer to the global data
4709
4710 Note: on Nios II, we give "-G0" option to gcc and don't use gp
4711 to access small data sections, so gp is free.
4712
Macpaul Linafc1ce82011-10-19 20:41:11 +00004713On NDS32, the following registers are used:
4714
4715 R0-R1: argument/return
4716 R2-R5: argument
4717 R15: temporary register for assembler
4718 R16: trampoline register
4719 R28: frame pointer (FP)
4720 R29: global pointer (GP)
4721 R30: link register (LP)
4722 R31: stack pointer (SP)
4723 PC: program counter (PC)
4724
4725 ==> U-Boot will use R10 to hold a pointer to the global data
4726
Wolfgang Denkd87080b2006-03-31 18:32:53 +02004727NOTE: DECLARE_GLOBAL_DATA_PTR must be used with file-global scope,
4728or current versions of GCC may "optimize" the code too much.
wdenkc6097192002-11-03 00:24:07 +00004729
wdenk2729af92004-05-03 20:45:30 +00004730Memory Management:
4731------------------
wdenkc6097192002-11-03 00:24:07 +00004732
wdenk2729af92004-05-03 20:45:30 +00004733U-Boot runs in system state and uses physical addresses, i.e. the
4734MMU is not used either for address mapping nor for memory protection.
wdenkc6097192002-11-03 00:24:07 +00004735
wdenk2729af92004-05-03 20:45:30 +00004736The available memory is mapped to fixed addresses using the memory
4737controller. In this process, a contiguous block is formed for each
4738memory type (Flash, SDRAM, SRAM), even when it consists of several
4739physical memory banks.
wdenkc6097192002-11-03 00:24:07 +00004740
wdenk2729af92004-05-03 20:45:30 +00004741U-Boot is installed in the first 128 kB of the first Flash bank (on
4742TQM8xxL modules this is the range 0x40000000 ... 0x4001FFFF). After
4743booting and sizing and initializing DRAM, the code relocates itself
4744to the upper end of DRAM. Immediately below the U-Boot code some
Jean-Christophe PLAGNIOL-VILLARD6d0f6bc2008-10-16 15:01:15 +02004745memory is reserved for use by malloc() [see CONFIG_SYS_MALLOC_LEN
wdenk2729af92004-05-03 20:45:30 +00004746configuration setting]. Below that, a structure with global Board
4747Info data is placed, followed by the stack (growing downward).
wdenkc6097192002-11-03 00:24:07 +00004748
wdenk2729af92004-05-03 20:45:30 +00004749Additionally, some exception handler code is copied to the low 8 kB
4750of DRAM (0x00000000 ... 0x00001FFF).
wdenkc6097192002-11-03 00:24:07 +00004751
wdenk2729af92004-05-03 20:45:30 +00004752So a typical memory configuration with 16 MB of DRAM could look like
4753this:
wdenkc6097192002-11-03 00:24:07 +00004754
wdenk2729af92004-05-03 20:45:30 +00004755 0x0000 0000 Exception Vector code
4756 :
4757 0x0000 1FFF
4758 0x0000 2000 Free for Application Use
4759 :
4760 :
wdenkc6097192002-11-03 00:24:07 +00004761
wdenk2729af92004-05-03 20:45:30 +00004762 :
4763 :
4764 0x00FB FF20 Monitor Stack (Growing downward)
4765 0x00FB FFAC Board Info Data and permanent copy of global data
4766 0x00FC 0000 Malloc Arena
4767 :
4768 0x00FD FFFF
4769 0x00FE 0000 RAM Copy of Monitor Code
4770 ... eventually: LCD or video framebuffer
4771 ... eventually: pRAM (Protected RAM - unchanged by reset)
4772 0x00FF FFFF [End of RAM]
wdenkc6097192002-11-03 00:24:07 +00004773
4774
wdenk2729af92004-05-03 20:45:30 +00004775System Initialization:
4776----------------------
wdenkc6097192002-11-03 00:24:07 +00004777
wdenk2729af92004-05-03 20:45:30 +00004778In the reset configuration, U-Boot starts at the reset entry point
Marcel Ziswiler11ccc332008-07-09 08:17:15 +02004779(on most PowerPC systems at address 0x00000100). Because of the reset
wdenk2729af92004-05-03 20:45:30 +00004780configuration for CS0# this is a mirror of the onboard Flash memory.
4781To be able to re-map memory U-Boot then jumps to its link address.
4782To be able to implement the initialization code in C, a (small!)
4783initial stack is set up in the internal Dual Ported RAM (in case CPUs
4784which provide such a feature like MPC8xx or MPC8260), or in a locked
4785part of the data cache. After that, U-Boot initializes the CPU core,
4786the caches and the SIU.
wdenkc6097192002-11-03 00:24:07 +00004787
wdenk2729af92004-05-03 20:45:30 +00004788Next, all (potentially) available memory banks are mapped using a
4789preliminary mapping. For example, we put them on 512 MB boundaries
4790(multiples of 0x20000000: SDRAM on 0x00000000 and 0x20000000, Flash
4791on 0x40000000 and 0x60000000, SRAM on 0x80000000). Then UPM A is
4792programmed for SDRAM access. Using the temporary configuration, a
4793simple memory test is run that determines the size of the SDRAM
4794banks.
wdenkc6097192002-11-03 00:24:07 +00004795
wdenk2729af92004-05-03 20:45:30 +00004796When there is more than one SDRAM bank, and the banks are of
4797different size, the largest is mapped first. For equal size, the first
4798bank (CS2#) is mapped first. The first mapping is always for address
47990x00000000, with any additional banks following immediately to create
4800contiguous memory starting from 0.
wdenkc6097192002-11-03 00:24:07 +00004801
wdenk2729af92004-05-03 20:45:30 +00004802Then, the monitor installs itself at the upper end of the SDRAM area
4803and allocates memory for use by malloc() and for the global Board
4804Info data; also, the exception vector code is copied to the low RAM
4805pages, and the final stack is set up.
wdenkc6097192002-11-03 00:24:07 +00004806
wdenk2729af92004-05-03 20:45:30 +00004807Only after this relocation will you have a "normal" C environment;
4808until that you are restricted in several ways, mostly because you are
4809running from ROM, and because the code will have to be relocated to a
4810new address in RAM.
wdenkc6097192002-11-03 00:24:07 +00004811
4812
wdenk2729af92004-05-03 20:45:30 +00004813U-Boot Porting Guide:
4814----------------------
wdenkc6097192002-11-03 00:24:07 +00004815
wdenk2729af92004-05-03 20:45:30 +00004816[Based on messages by Jerry Van Baren in the U-Boot-Users mailing
4817list, October 2002]
wdenkc6097192002-11-03 00:24:07 +00004818
4819
Jerry Van Baren6c3fef22009-07-15 20:42:59 -04004820int main(int argc, char *argv[])
wdenk2729af92004-05-03 20:45:30 +00004821{
4822 sighandler_t no_more_time;
wdenkc6097192002-11-03 00:24:07 +00004823
Jerry Van Baren6c3fef22009-07-15 20:42:59 -04004824 signal(SIGALRM, no_more_time);
4825 alarm(PROJECT_DEADLINE - toSec (3 * WEEK));
wdenkc6097192002-11-03 00:24:07 +00004826
wdenk2729af92004-05-03 20:45:30 +00004827 if (available_money > available_manpower) {
Jerry Van Baren6c3fef22009-07-15 20:42:59 -04004828 Pay consultant to port U-Boot;
wdenkc6097192002-11-03 00:24:07 +00004829 return 0;
4830 }
4831
wdenk2729af92004-05-03 20:45:30 +00004832 Download latest U-Boot source;
4833
Wolfgang Denk06682362008-12-30 22:56:11 +01004834 Subscribe to u-boot mailing list;
wdenk2729af92004-05-03 20:45:30 +00004835
Jerry Van Baren6c3fef22009-07-15 20:42:59 -04004836 if (clueless)
4837 email("Hi, I am new to U-Boot, how do I get started?");
wdenkc6097192002-11-03 00:24:07 +00004838
wdenk2729af92004-05-03 20:45:30 +00004839 while (learning) {
4840 Read the README file in the top level directory;
Jerry Van Baren6c3fef22009-07-15 20:42:59 -04004841 Read http://www.denx.de/twiki/bin/view/DULG/Manual;
4842 Read applicable doc/*.README;
wdenk2729af92004-05-03 20:45:30 +00004843 Read the source, Luke;
Jerry Van Baren6c3fef22009-07-15 20:42:59 -04004844 /* find . -name "*.[chS]" | xargs grep -i <keyword> */
wdenk2729af92004-05-03 20:45:30 +00004845 }
wdenkc6097192002-11-03 00:24:07 +00004846
Jerry Van Baren6c3fef22009-07-15 20:42:59 -04004847 if (available_money > toLocalCurrency ($2500))
4848 Buy a BDI3000;
4849 else
wdenk2729af92004-05-03 20:45:30 +00004850 Add a lot of aggravation and time;
Jerry Van Baren6c3fef22009-07-15 20:42:59 -04004851
4852 if (a similar board exists) { /* hopefully... */
4853 cp -a board/<similar> board/<myboard>
4854 cp include/configs/<similar>.h include/configs/<myboard>.h
4855 } else {
4856 Create your own board support subdirectory;
4857 Create your own board include/configs/<myboard>.h file;
wdenk2729af92004-05-03 20:45:30 +00004858 }
Jerry Van Baren6c3fef22009-07-15 20:42:59 -04004859 Edit new board/<myboard> files
4860 Edit new include/configs/<myboard>.h
wdenkc6097192002-11-03 00:24:07 +00004861
Jerry Van Baren6c3fef22009-07-15 20:42:59 -04004862 while (!accepted) {
4863 while (!running) {
4864 do {
4865 Add / modify source code;
4866 } until (compiles);
4867 Debug;
4868 if (clueless)
4869 email("Hi, I am having problems...");
4870 }
4871 Send patch file to the U-Boot email list;
4872 if (reasonable critiques)
4873 Incorporate improvements from email list code review;
4874 else
4875 Defend code as written;
wdenk2729af92004-05-03 20:45:30 +00004876 }
wdenkc6097192002-11-03 00:24:07 +00004877
wdenk2729af92004-05-03 20:45:30 +00004878 return 0;
4879}
4880
4881void no_more_time (int sig)
4882{
4883 hire_a_guru();
4884}
wdenkc6097192002-11-03 00:24:07 +00004885
4886
wdenk2729af92004-05-03 20:45:30 +00004887Coding Standards:
4888-----------------
wdenkc6097192002-11-03 00:24:07 +00004889
wdenk2729af92004-05-03 20:45:30 +00004890All contributions to U-Boot should conform to the Linux kernel
Detlev Zundel2c051652006-09-01 15:39:02 +02004891coding style; see the file "Documentation/CodingStyle" and the script
Wolfgang Denk7ca92962011-07-27 10:59:55 +00004892"scripts/Lindent" in your Linux kernel source directory.
wdenk2729af92004-05-03 20:45:30 +00004893
Detlev Zundel2c051652006-09-01 15:39:02 +02004894Source files originating from a different project (for example the
4895MTD subsystem) are generally exempt from these guidelines and are not
4896reformated to ease subsequent migration to newer versions of those
4897sources.
4898
4899Please note that U-Boot is implemented in C (and to some small parts in
4900Assembler); no C++ is used, so please do not use C++ style comments (//)
4901in your code.
wdenk2729af92004-05-03 20:45:30 +00004902
4903Please also stick to the following formatting rules:
4904- remove any trailing white space
Wolfgang Denk7ca92962011-07-27 10:59:55 +00004905- use TAB characters for indentation and vertical alignment, not spaces
wdenk2729af92004-05-03 20:45:30 +00004906- make sure NOT to use DOS '\r\n' line feeds
Wolfgang Denk7ca92962011-07-27 10:59:55 +00004907- do not add more than 2 consecutive empty lines to source files
wdenk2729af92004-05-03 20:45:30 +00004908- do not add trailing empty lines to source files
4909
4910Submissions which do not conform to the standards may be returned
4911with a request to reformat the changes.
wdenkc6097192002-11-03 00:24:07 +00004912
4913
wdenk2729af92004-05-03 20:45:30 +00004914Submitting Patches:
4915-------------------
wdenkc6097192002-11-03 00:24:07 +00004916
wdenk2729af92004-05-03 20:45:30 +00004917Since the number of patches for U-Boot is growing, we need to
4918establish some rules. Submissions which do not conform to these rules
4919may be rejected, even when they contain important and valuable stuff.
wdenkc6097192002-11-03 00:24:07 +00004920
Magnus Lilja0d28f342008-08-06 19:32:33 +02004921Please see http://www.denx.de/wiki/U-Boot/Patches for details.
Wolfgang Denk218ca722008-03-26 10:40:12 +01004922
Wolfgang Denk06682362008-12-30 22:56:11 +01004923Patches shall be sent to the u-boot mailing list <u-boot@lists.denx.de>;
4924see http://lists.denx.de/mailman/listinfo/u-boot
4925
wdenk2729af92004-05-03 20:45:30 +00004926When you send a patch, please include the following information with
4927it:
wdenkc6097192002-11-03 00:24:07 +00004928
wdenk2729af92004-05-03 20:45:30 +00004929* For bug fixes: a description of the bug and how your patch fixes
4930 this bug. Please try to include a way of demonstrating that the
4931 patch actually fixes something.
wdenkc6097192002-11-03 00:24:07 +00004932
wdenk2729af92004-05-03 20:45:30 +00004933* For new features: a description of the feature and your
4934 implementation.
wdenkc6097192002-11-03 00:24:07 +00004935
wdenk2729af92004-05-03 20:45:30 +00004936* A CHANGELOG entry as plaintext (separate from the patch)
4937
4938* For major contributions, your entry to the CREDITS file
4939
4940* When you add support for a new board, don't forget to add this
Wolfgang Denk7ca92962011-07-27 10:59:55 +00004941 board to the MAINTAINERS file, too.
wdenk2729af92004-05-03 20:45:30 +00004942
4943* If your patch adds new configuration options, don't forget to
4944 document these in the README file.
4945
Wolfgang Denk218ca722008-03-26 10:40:12 +01004946* The patch itself. If you are using git (which is *strongly*
4947 recommended) you can easily generate the patch using the
Wolfgang Denk7ca92962011-07-27 10:59:55 +00004948 "git format-patch". If you then use "git send-email" to send it to
Wolfgang Denk218ca722008-03-26 10:40:12 +01004949 the U-Boot mailing list, you will avoid most of the common problems
4950 with some other mail clients.
wdenk2729af92004-05-03 20:45:30 +00004951
Wolfgang Denk218ca722008-03-26 10:40:12 +01004952 If you cannot use git, use "diff -purN OLD NEW". If your version of
4953 diff does not support these options, then get the latest version of
4954 GNU diff.
wdenk2729af92004-05-03 20:45:30 +00004955
Wolfgang Denk218ca722008-03-26 10:40:12 +01004956 The current directory when running this command shall be the parent
4957 directory of the U-Boot source tree (i. e. please make sure that
4958 your patch includes sufficient directory information for the
4959 affected files).
4960
4961 We prefer patches as plain text. MIME attachments are discouraged,
4962 and compressed attachments must not be used.
wdenk2729af92004-05-03 20:45:30 +00004963
4964* If one logical set of modifications affects or creates several
4965 files, all these changes shall be submitted in a SINGLE patch file.
4966
4967* Changesets that contain different, unrelated modifications shall be
4968 submitted as SEPARATE patches, one patch per changeset.
4969
4970
4971Notes:
4972
4973* Before sending the patch, run the MAKEALL script on your patched
4974 source tree and make sure that no errors or warnings are reported
4975 for any of the boards.
4976
4977* Keep your modifications to the necessary minimum: A patch
4978 containing several unrelated changes or arbitrary reformats will be
4979 returned with a request to re-formatting / split it.
4980
4981* If you modify existing code, make sure that your new code does not
4982 add to the memory footprint of the code ;-) Small is beautiful!
4983 When adding new features, these should compile conditionally only
4984 (using #ifdef), and the resulting code with the new feature
4985 disabled must not need more memory than the old code without your
4986 modification.
wdenk90dc6702005-05-03 14:12:25 +00004987
Wolfgang Denk06682362008-12-30 22:56:11 +01004988* Remember that there is a size limit of 100 kB per message on the
4989 u-boot mailing list. Bigger patches will be moderated. If they are
4990 reasonable and not too big, they will be acknowledged. But patches
4991 bigger than the size limit should be avoided.